Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Oak Valley Bancorp

Oak Valley Bancorp

ovly · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ovly
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 225
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Oak Valley Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
O a k   V a l l e y   B a n c o r p   |   2 0 11   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

SELECTED FIN ANCIAL DATA FIVE-YEAR  SUMMARY
(In thousands except for per share amounts)

Year Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income before 

provisions for loan losses 

Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income 
Total non-interest income 
Total non-interest expense 
Income taxes 
Net earnings 
Preferred stock dividends & accretion 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Per common share net earnings (basic) 
Per common share cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared 
Total assets 
Total earning assets 
Net loans 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities 
Total deposits 
Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits 
Total stockholder’s equity 
Weighted average common 
shares outstanding 

 $26,828  
 1,648  
 25,180  

 1,500  
 23,680  
 2,751  
 17,394  
 3,176  
 5,861  
 (1,161) 
 4,700  
 0.61  
 -    
 -    
 612,172  
 557,784  
 386,958  
 101,085  
 89,695  
 536,204  
 130,143  
 406,061  
 70,402  

 $27,926  
 2,919  
 25,007  

 4,020  
 20,987  
 2,770  
 16,776  
 2,353  
 4,628  
 (842) 
 3,786  
 0.49  
 -    
 -    

 552,396  
 518,845  
 395,206  
 68,937  
 53,268  
 476,739  
 102,422  
 374,317  
 64,658  

 $29,283  
 5,641  
 23,642  

 5,862  
 17,780  
 2,641  
 18,218  
 203  
 2,000  
 (842) 
 1,158  
 0.15  
 0.025  
 192  
 524,722  
 485,704  
 417,796  
 21,649  
 50,765  
 429,210  
 69,647  
 359,563  
 60,692  

 $29,247  
 8,732  
 20,515  

 2,188  
 18,327  
 2,522  
 17,865  
 822  
 2,162  
 (64) 
 2,098  
 0.27  
 0.075  
 574  
 508,203  
 470,428  
 421,573  
 9,838  
 41,449  
 378,248  
 64,277  
 313,971  
 57,986  

 $31,837 
 13,006 
 18,831 

 555 
 18,276 
 2,198 
 14,213 
 2,335 
 3,925 
 - 
 3,925 
 0.53 
 0.190 
 1,445 
 454,259 
 425,128 
 382,264 
 14,203 
 33,373 
 377,348 
 68,151 
 309,197 
 42,361 

 7,708,853  

 7,689,760  

 7,668,562  

 7,642,775  

 7,364,681

us to maintain a strong 
base of existing clients 
while attracting new 
businesses that will drive 
our future growth. 

As a result, we’ve built a 
strong foundation that has 
enabled us to weather the 
recession better than our 
competitors. Operational 
results remained strong 
throughout the year, as 
deposit growth – primarily 
core deposits – fueled asset 
growth. We’ve been very 
persistent in our efforts to 
further the evolution and 
efficiency of our deposit 
mix and the corresponding 
stability in interest margin 
has solidified bank 
earnings. Our solid financial 
performance also brought 
a 24 percent increase in 
net income available to 
common shareholders. 

For the fiscal year ended 

December 31, 2011, net 
income totaled $5.9 million 
compared to $4.6 million 
for 2010. After adjustment 
for preferred stock 
dividends and accretion, 
net income available to 
common shareholders was 

Dear 
Customers, 
Shareholders 
and Friends: 

We are pleased to 
share with you the results 
of another successful year 
at Oak Valley Community 
Bank. Thanks to steadfastly 
holding to our principles 
of steady and sustainable 
growth, we posted our 
highest annual earnings on 
record. Just like an acorn 
grows slowly yet surely 
into a mighty, long-lasting 
oak, we’ve gained strength 
and stability by following 
a patient course toward 
prosperity. 

As we celebrated 
our twentieth year, we 
maintained our focus on 
partnering with high-
quality customers who 
share our passion for good, 
old fashioned hard work, 
ethical business practices 
and commitment to 
community. We remained 
intensely vigilant in our 
business calling efforts, 
encouraging branch 
managers and commercial 
lenders to strategically 
and methodically build 
current relationships while 
cultivating top prospects. 
This approach has enabled 

percentage of gross loans, 
even while reducing our 
provision for loan losses. 
As we collectively emerge 
from these trying times, 
we will reflect on credit 
quality as one of the 
critical differentiators that 
separated survivors like us 
from troubled institutions.
As we move forward 
and chart the course ahead, 
we renew our commitment 
to the communities we 
serve. Everything we’ve 
given has come back to us 
ten-fold in the form of loyal 
customers whose success 
will continue to fuel our 
prosperity for years to come. 
Together we have grown—
enduring a few trying times, 
enjoying many thriving 
times. We are optimistic 
about recovery and 
delighted to be financially 
poised to capitalize on 
opportunities as confidence 
builds and economic 
stability is restored. 

We would like to thank 
our shareholders, customers 
and friends for their loyalty 
and support through the 
years. We appreciate your 
desire and willingness to 
continue on this journey as 
we all enjoy the rewards of 
steady, sustainable growth. 

Thank You, 
Ronald C. Martin

The Bank was also 
recognized for the 
third year by one 
of our business 
partners as their 
“Most Active” 
Small Business 
Administration 504 
lender. We were 
proud to receive 
this nod, especially 
during a time when 
the national media 
would lead us 
to believe banks 
simply are not 
lending.

$4.7 million, or $0.61 per 
diluted share, compared 
to net income of $3.8 
million, or $0.49 per diluted 
common share, in 2010. 
Total assets grew to 
$612.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 
2011, an increase of $59.8 
million, or 10.8% increase 
over December 31, 2010. 
Deposits increased to 
$536.2 million, an increase 
of $59.5 million, or 12.5% 
over the prior year. Gross 
loans at year end totaled 
$396.2 million, reflecting a 
decrease of $8.0 million, or 
2.0%, from December  
31, 2010.

Credit quality is an 
absolute cornerstone at 
Oak Valley. As a result of 
continuously monitoring 
our credit portfolio and 
adhering to sound credit 
practices, we have increased 
loan loss reserves as a 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industry diversity allows us 
to support customers from 
all walks of life. Customers 
shown below include 
Gnekow Winery, Swanberg 
& Sceville Dental Corp., and 
Borba Dairy.

PATIENCE  
IS OUR VIRTUE

TODAY’S world is moving at an increasingly 

fast pace thanks to the internet and other 

technologies designed to accelerate the flow 

of information and hasten results. And, while 

some may be tempted 
to take shortcuts, the fast 
track isn’t always the best 
policy when it comes to 
banking. It can deter you 
from your core values and 
even compromise your 
focus. That’s why, at Oak 
Valley Community Bank, 
we take the long view 
when it comes to growth: 
a sensible, methodical 
approach to banking that 
has continued to bring 
our shareholders and 
customers rich rewards 
year after year. 

STAYINg TRUE TO 

OUR ROOTS
Last year, we celebrated 
our 20th anniversary in 
business by achieving 
yet another record profit 

year despite experiencing 
the worst recession since 
the Great Depression. Our 
success is no mystery, and 
it’s certainly not a secret 
to the communities we 
serve. From the outset, we 
have built our foundation 
on strong credit quality. 
In prosperous times, we 
resisted the temptation 
to relax our standards 
and held fast to time-
tested lending principles. 
Unlike many other 
financial institutions, 
we didn’t engage in 
high-risk development 
loans or chase single-
transaction based 
business. We continued 

We knew that our conservative approach to growth  
made sense intellectually. Our sustained profitability has proven that we 
made the right decision, both for our shareholders and customers.

to focus on businesses 
capable of enduring the 
inevitable economic cycle 
and adhered to sound 
underwriting principals. 

It’s because we know 
that lending done 
right is a partnership. It 

requires good judgment 
when collateralizing 
loans, insisting on good 
character, and diligence 
when analyzing a client’s 
ability to repay. As a result, 
we’ve weathered the 
storm and are poised for 
continued growth and 
profitability. 

OPTIMISM ON ThE 

hORIzON
As we begin 2012, we are 
in a strong position to 
capitalize on opportunities 
resulting from the 
changing economy. We’ve 
been able to add two new 

branches in the past year 
at a time when other less 
fortunate banks have been 
retrenching or fallen by the 
wayside. We’ve enhanced 
our footprint in Modesto 
with a third location 
and fulfilled a strategic 
objective of expanding 
into Manteca. So while we 

take pride in our virtues of 
patience and prudence, 
we also realize that it pays 
to be nimble when seizing 
smart opportunities and 
taking educated risks as 
opportunities arise.

RELATIONShIP 
BUILDINg IS kEY

BECAUSE a bank is only as good as its 

customers, we are committed to attracting the 

right business. Taking the time to understand a 

customer’s need is the foundation of our

service model. We also 
pride ourselves in rapid 
solution turnaround, the 
competitive advantage 
we believe distinguishes 
Oak Valley from other 
brands. Three years ago, 
the bank embarked upon 
a disciplined relationship 
building program with 
needs-based selling front 
and center of a calling 
methodology designed 
to attract the most credit-
worthy clients. While the 
sales cycle may be long, 
a deeper more enduring 
relationship is forged 
between customer and 
bank. And, it’s backed 
by a referral-based 
marketing approach 

driven by satisfied 
customers, employees 
and directors as well as 
a strong commitment to 
community involvement. 

QUALITY AND 

FAIRNESS gO hAND 

IN hAND
If there’s one thing that 
our customers know about 
Oak Valley, it’s that we’re 
committed to investing 
in them for the long term. 
We can make this promise 
because we start with the 
right ingredients: we work 
with quality people and 
set realistic expectations 
for return on investment. 
We don’t chase artificial 
profits and push unwanted 
products. We understand a 
customer’s need and craft 

Providing sensible 
financing solutions for the 
business community is 
part of our natural fabric. 
At left, Oak Valley clients 
Architecture Plus Inc., and 
Pioneer Equine Hospital.

Many believe in the old adage that we’re all connected through six degrees of 
separation. But, at the Bank, we feel it’s usually only one—and we know that if 
we invest in building strong bonds with customers, we will succeed.

CORE VALUES 
FOSTER gOOD 
BUSINESS

Oak Valley Community 
Bank takes great pride in 
the core values that form 
its foundation. By adhering 
to these values, we believe 
we have perfected the 
community bank service 
model:

Service~ Empower our 
employees to provide 
exceptional service to our 
customers and expand 
relationships within our 
communities.

Teamwork~ United 
to reach common 
goals through open 
communication and 
flexibility that promotes an 
environment for success.

inTegriTy~ Ethical 
business practices with 
accountability to our 
employees, customers, and 
shareholders.

Performance~ 
Maximize shareholder value 
through quality growth and 
consistent profitability.

communiTy~ Commit-
ment to strengthening the 
success and health of the 
communities we call home.

enTrePreneurial~ 
Creating wealth and 
prosperity by fostering 
a flexible and innovative 
business environment.

a financial solution based 
on what works for them. 
Well-conceived deals are 
good for depositors, loan 
customers, shareholders 
and the community. 
Because fairness is 
important to us, we strive 
for a win/win outcome 
in which both the Bank 
and the customer feel 
that they’ve received 
good value that lasts. And, 
this doesn’t change with 
the economic climate or 
interest rates: it’s a principle 
that we hold fast to in 
good times and bad. 

PRODUCTS ThAT 

MAkE SENSE
With consumers’ increased 
reliance on electronic 
banking, security is of 
paramount importance. For 
our business customers, 
we created a new multi-
factor identification 
process for wires and 
ACH transactions, adding 
another level of protection 
for their finances. “Security 
Plus” is linked to certain 
transaction types, and 
features an enhanced 
security layer that enables 
our customers to safely 
deploy their money. We’ve 
also introduced Mobile 
Banking and enhanced 
the features of Online Bill 
Pay. And, for customers 
that still like to touch their 
money, we’ve replaced or 
upgraded ATMs at all of our 
branch locations.

Making a difference in the 
community by furthering 
the fiscal and physical 
health of the individuals, 
families, and businesses 
we serve is the essence of 
community banking.

OUR NAME  
SAYS IT ALL

WhAT’S in a name? At Oak Valley 

Community Bank, one word stands out that 

defines our purpose, guides our principles 

and demonstrates our “boots on the ground” 

philosophy: community. 
Not only does it reflect 
the countless employee 
hours we contribute to 
charitable organizations, 
but it’s exemplified 
in our commitment 
to enhancing our 
customers’ lives and 
fueling businesses in 
our region. “Community” 
means taking the time 
to understand our 
customers’ needs as we 
explore ways to help 
them achieve their goals. 
It’s about providing 
quality jobs to our 
employees who live and 
work in our community. 
And, it’s about ensuring 
our efforts make both 
good neighbor, as well as, 
good economic sense.

BUSINESS MATTERS
Toward these goals, we 
continue to invest in our 
business calling program 
in which we forge 
relationships with our 
community’s most viable 
economic contributors. 
We strongly believe in the 
power of small business. 
Last year, as a result of our 
small businesses focus, we 
were recognized as Success 
Capital Expansion and 
Development Corporation’s 
most active Small Business 
Administration 504 loan 
partner.

hELPINg hANDS
When it comes to 
contributing our time and 
money to our region’s 
non-profit organizations, 
we will gladly put our 
per capita efforts up 
against those of even 
our largest peers. Our 

At Oak Valley, we think we’ve earned the right to call ourselves a 
“community bank.” We live by the principles of community service every day. 
We believe it’s the right thing to do, and it happens to be good business.

directors, executives and 
officers serve on numerous 
non-profit organization 
boards, and our employees 
contribute hundreds 
of hours in each of the 
communities we serve.

Some of the programs 
Oak Valley is investing in 
include:

Partners in Education
We continue to participate 
in Partners in Education, 
providing the Money Smart 
financial training for students 
at Mark Twain Junior High 
School in Modesto. The 
program teaches young 
teens how to become 
smart financial managers, 
providing instruction on 
how to prepare a budget, 
save for the future, manage 

a checking account, and 
other valuable financial 
basics during a week-long 
class. 

Second Harvest Food Bank
This past year, we also 
made a substantial 
commitment to the 
Second Harvest Food Bank. 
A group of 38 employees 

and their families sorted 
and labeled cans in 
the Manteca location, 
contributing nearly 350 
hours to this worthy cause. 

Making Strides Against 

Breast Cancer
We were also a proud 
sponsor of Stanislaus 
County’s inaugural Making 
Strides event, raising nearly 
$5,000 for the American 

Cancer Society thanks to 
the participation of 50 Oak 
Valley walkers representing 
the Bank’s employees, 
families, customers and 
friends. It was yet another 
example of the Bank 
coordinating our volunteer 
efforts across our branch 
network.

ADVISORS

FOUNDERS

Steve Benak, MD
Andrea Boston-Gilbert
Gordon A. and Yvonne Brown
Robert and Beverly Brunker
William D. and Joyce 

A.Compton
Hal and Chrys Copp
Betty Dallas
Ramon A. Esslinger
Donald Fagundes
Richard A. and Susan J. Franco
Joel W. Geddes, Jr.
Harrison Gibbs
James Lawrence Gilbert
Thomas A. and Julia D. 

Haidlen

Mr. and Mrs. Walter H. 

Heckendorf
Barbara Heckendorf
Mrs. Beverly Haidlen Holloway
Leonard B. and Betty M. 

Jackson

Barry M. and Betty-Lynn Jett
Henry Kamps, Jr.
Arne and Birgitta Knudsen
Soren and Sharon Knudsen
Steven Knudsen
Joe and Joyce Martin
Della Messner
Bill and Sharon Morris
James A. Morrison III
Ben and Judy Mullins
Dr. and Mrs. J. Patrick 

Mulrooney

Thomas W. and Marsha L. Orr
Willem Postma
Mike Reed
Roger M. and Delsie Schrimp
Romain and Janette 

Schonhoff

Ralph P. and Margitta R. 

Sikkema, DVM

Richard D. and Ola L. Stokes
George and Ruth Thoukis
Danny L. and Suzette Titus
DeWayne F. Titus
Lynda Vaughan
Richard J. Vaughan
Jack Watkins
Gilbert O. Wymond III

Jeff Arambel
Debbie Armstrong 
Nelson Bahler
Joseph Barlupo
Bruce Baron
Gary Barton
Toni Benites
Jennifer Bethel
David Bhakta
Dennis Bitters
Candido Borges
Roy Brown Jr.
Larry Buehner
Wendy Coddington
Hal Copp
Susan Creedon
Ron Day
Jim Devenport
Herb Dompe
John Ellsworth
Charlie Evans
Paula Frago
Arlene Francis
Matt Friedrich
Richard Gilton
Richard Gonzales
Anthony Guida
Dick Hagerty
Stephen Haycock
John Hooper
Don Hoy
Bob Hoyt
Gary Huff
Marge Imfeld
Trevor Irish
Cher Kablanow-Tonge
Mike Kline
Brad Klump
Steven Knudsen
Daniel Lee
Gary Linhares
Chaitanya Mahida
Tim Martin
David Martini
Jeff Mika
Carol Ornelas
Robert Ott
Ray Perez
Scott Piercy
Joel Pluim
John Ramos
Marc Robinson 
Frank Rocha
Kathy Rocha
David Rogers
Mike Ruddy Sr.
Jeff Sceville
Jodi Sceville
Ward Schemper
Rick Schiltz
Collin Schut
Dave Silva
Tom Spadini
Bob Spengler
Jim Stevens
Bob Summers
Niniv Tamimi
Robbie Tani
Bruce Thompson
Phil Tilbury
Willie Traina
Tom Vermeulen
Arlon Waterson
Tirzah Woodward

INDEPENDENT 
AUDITORS

Moss-Adams LLP
3121 West March Lane,  
Suite 100
Stockton, CA  95219-2303

LEgAL COUNSEL

Matteo G. Daste
Squire Sanders
275 Battery Street, 26th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111

CORRESPONDENT 
BANk

Union Bank, N.A.
400 California Street
San Francisco, CA  94104

Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank
340 Pine Street, Suite 401
San Francisco, CA  94104

TRANSFER AgENT  
AND REgISTRAR

Computershare
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA  02021
(800) 962-4284

MARkET MAkERS

Troy Norlander
The Seidler Companies
(800) 288-2811

John Cavender
Raymond James & Associates  
(415) 616-8935

Joey Warmenhoven
McAdams Wright Ragen
(503) 922-4888

DIRECTORS

OFFICERS

Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer

Christopher M. Courtney
President

Rick McCarty
Executive Vice President
Chief Administration Officer 
Chief Financial Officer
Corporate Secretary

Wendy Burth
Executive Vice President
Retail Banking Group

Dave Harvey
Executive Vice President
Commercial Banking Group

Mike Rodrigues
Executive Vice President
Chief Credit Officer

John Coburn
Senior Vice President
Commercial Loan Officer

Cathy Ghan
Senior Vice President
Commercial Real Estate

Janis Powers
Senior Vice President
Risk Management Officer

Gary Stephens
Senior Vice President
Credit Administrator

Donald L. Barton
Chairman of the Board 
Agribusinessman

James L. Gilbert
Vice Chairman of the Board 
Chairman Nominating 
Committee
Feed and Seed Business

Christopher M. Courtney
President
Oak Valley Community Bank

Thomas A. Haidlen
Automobile Dealer

Michael Q. Jones
General Contracting, Land 
Development and General 
Real Estate

Daniel J. Leonard
Winery Executive

Ronald C. Martin
Chief Executive Officer
Oak Valley Community Bank

Roger M. Schrimp
Chairman Audit Committee
Chairman Compensation 
Committee
Attorney and Cattle Rancher

Danny L. Titus
Chairman CRA Committee
Chairman Loan Committee
Real Estate and Investments

Richard J. Vaughan
Chairman Investment 
Committee
Agribusinessman

DIRECTORS  
EMERITUS

Barry M. Jett
Real Estate Investor

In Memoriam: 

Romain J. Schonhoff
CPA and Farmer

Arne J. Knudsen
Wholesale Nurseryman

In Memoriam
Romain J. Schonoff

Founder, Director, Supporter and Friend

May 9, 1929 ~ June 7, 2011

D e e p   R o o t s   ~   S t r o n g   B r a n c h e s

EAS TERN SIERRA 
COMMUNIT Y BANk

BRIDgEPORT
166 Main Street
Bridgeport, CA 93517
(760) 932-7926

MAMMOTh L AkES
307 Old Mammoth Road
Mammoth Lakes, CA 93546
(760) 924-0990

BIShOP
351 North Main Street
Bishop, CA 93514
(760) 874-BANK (2265)

www.escbank.com

ATM O NLY  LOCATION S:

Crowley Lake General Store
Crowley Lake, CA

Bishop Creek Lodge
Bishop, CA

United States Marine Corps
Marine Housing Exchange
Coleville, CA

United States Marine Corps
Mountain Warfare  
Training Center  
Bridgeport, CA 

Inyo Shell
Bishop, CA

Pearsonville Shell
Pearsonville, CA

Mammoth Shell
Mammoth Lakes, CA

BRANChES

OAk VALLEY   
COMMUNIT Y BANk

OAkDALE
125 North Third Avenue
Oakdale, CA 95361
(209) 848-BANK (2265)

SONORA
14580 Mono Way
Sonora, CA 95370
(209) 532-7100

MODESTO-12Th & I
1200 I Street
Modesto, CA 95354
(209) 549-BANK (2265)

MODESTO-DALE
4120 B Dale Road
Modesto, CA 95356
(209) 758-8000

MODESTO-MChENRY
3508 McHenry Avenue 
Modesto, CA 95356
(209) 579-3360

TURLOCk
2001 Geer Road
Turlock, CA 95382
(209) 633-2850

STO Ck TON
2935 West March Lane
Stockton, CA 95219
(209) 320-7850

PATTERSON
20 Plaza Circle
Patterson, CA 95363
(209) 892-5757

RIPON
150 North Wilma Avenue
Ripon, CA 95366
(209) 599-9430

ESCALON 
1910 McHenry Avenue
Escalon, CA 95320
(209) 821-3070

MANTECA
191 W. North Street
Manteca, CA 95336
(209) 249-7360

www.ovcb.com

 

 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization) 
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

26-2326676 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

95361 
(Zip Code) 

(209) 848-2265 
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
(Title of class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange 

Act. 

Yes  

No  

No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file 
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           Yes                                            No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 

Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes                                            No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K 
or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 

company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one): 
Large accelerated filer  

Smaller reporting company  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  
(Do not check if a 
smaller reporting company) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Yes  

No  

As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon 

the closing price per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ, was approximately $44 million. 
As of March 16, 2012, there were 7,883,780 shares of common stock outstanding.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 5, 2012 are incorporated by reference into 
Part III. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

BUSINESS 
RISK FACTORS 
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
PROPERTIES 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK. 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
OTHER INFORMATION 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PART I 
ITEM 1 - 
ITEM 1A - 
ITEM 1B - 
ITEM 2 - 
ITEM 3 - 
ITEM 4 -  

PART II 
ITEM 5 - 

ITEM 6 - 
ITEM 7- 

ITEM 7A - 
ITEM 8 - 
ITEM 9 - 

ITEM 9A - 
ITEM 9B- 

PART III 
ITEM 10 - 
ITEM 11 - 
ITEM 12 - 

ITEM 13 - 
ITEM 14 - 

PART IV 
ITEM 15 - 

SIGNATURES 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

3
3
16
16
16
16
17

18

18
19

19
50
50

50
50
51

52
52
52

52
52
52

53
53

54
F-43

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS OF OAK VALLEY BANCORP 

Overview of the Business 

PART I 

Oak Valley Bancorp. Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated on April 1, 2008 in California for the purpose of 
becoming Oak Valley Community Bank’s parent bank holding company. Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Bancorp acquired all of 
the outstanding capital stock of Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”) (from time to time, the Bank and the Company may be 
generally referred to as “we”, “us” or “our”). The principal office of Oak Valley Bancorp is located at 125 North Third Avenue, 
Oakdale, California 95361 and its principal telephone is (209) 848-2265. 

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value, of which 7,718,469 are issued and 
outstanding at December 31, 2011, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value, of which 13,500 Series B preferred 
stock shares are issued and outstanding, respectively. 

The Company is the holding company of the Bank, and its only asset is the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, which the 

Company wholly owns. 

Oak Valley Community Bank. The Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal 

Deposit Insurance Act and is a member of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular 
examination by the California Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). Since its formation, the Bank 
has provided basic banking services to individuals and business enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The 
focus of the Bank is to offer a range of commercial banking services designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized 
businesses in the two main areas of service of the Bank: the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras. 

The Bank offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Bank also offers 
commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential 
and commercial purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain normal 
provisions for acceleration.  Traditional residential mortgages are available to Bank customers through a third party. 

The Bank offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, merchant 

services, night depository, extended hours, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller machines in a national 
network.  The Bank does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Bank may make such services 
available to the Bank’s customers through financial institutions with which the Bank has correspondent banking relationships.  The 
Bank does not offer stock transfer services nor does it directly issue credit cards. 

Expansion 

Branch Expansion.    Over the past few years, our network of branches and loan production offices have been expanded 

geographically. As of December 31, 2011, we maintained fourteen full-service branch offices (in addition to our corporate 
headquarters). Beginning in October 1995, we started our geographic expansion outside of Oakdale, by opening a Loan Production 
Office in Sonora, California. We subsequently opened a branch in Sonora and two branches in Modesto.  In September 2000, we 
expanded into the Eastern Sierra, opening a branch in Bridgeport, California under the name Eastern Sierra Community Bank.  Since 
that time we have added branches in Mammoth Lakes and Bishop. During 2005 and 2006, we aggressively increased our presence in 
the Central Valley, by opening branches in Turlock, Stockton, Patterson, Ripon and Escalon.  In March 2007, our corporate 
headquarters expanded by adding an adjacent historical building located in downtown Oakdale to its complex.  In 2011, we opened a 
third branch in Modesto and a branch in Manteca.  We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of 
additional branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit. 

Bank Holding Company Reorganization.  Effective July 3, 2008, we entered into a bank holding company reorganization, 

whereby each outstanding share of common stock of the Bank was exchanged into a share of common stock of the Company. 
Operating our banking business within a holding company structure provides, among other things, greater operating flexibility; 
facilitates the potential acquisition of related businesses as opportunities may arise from time to time; improves our ability to diversify 
as needed; enhances our ability to remain competitive in the future with other companies in the financial services industry that are 
organized in a holding company structure; and improves our ability to raise capital to support growth.  

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Segments 

The Bank operates in two primary business segments: Retail Banking and Commercial Banking, as described in additional detail 

below.  These segments do not meet the quantitative thresholds for reporting as separate segments and are therefore considered one 
segment for financial reporting purposes: 

Retail Banking.  We offer a range of checking and savings accounts, including NOW accounts, money market accounts, 
overdraft protection, health savings accounts, certificates of deposit, and Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRA”).  To satisfy the 
lending needs of individuals in its service area, we offer real estate and home equity financing, as well as consumer, automobile, and 
home improvement loans. 

Commercial Banking.  We offer a range of deposit and lending services to business customers.  More specifically, we offer a 
variety of commercial loans for virtually any business, professional, or agricultural need. These include short-term working capital, 
operating lines of credit, equipment purchases, leasehold improvements, construction, commercial real estate acquisitions or 
refinancing.  Currently, virtually all of our business relationships are with customers located in the San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, 
Inyo and Mono Counties. 

Primary Market Area 

We conduct business from our main office in Oakdale, a city of approximately 19,300 residents located in Stanislaus County, 
California. Oakdale is approximately 15 miles from Modesto and sits at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, at the edge of 
the California Central Valley agricultural area.  Through our branches, we serve customers in the Central Valley, from Fresno to 
Sacramento, and in foothill locations. We also reach into the Highway 395 corridor in the Eastern Sierras and in the towns of Bishop, 
Mammoth and Bridgeport.  Approximately 92% of our loans and 88% of our deposits are generated from the Central Valley.  The 
Central Valley area includes Stanislaus, San Joaquin and Tuolumne counties and has a total population of over 3 million. 

Lending Activities 

General.    Our loan policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct our lending operations. These 

policies address the types of loans available, underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield 
considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves 
our loan policies on an annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic 
loan audits by experienced external loan specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with laws and 
regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities, including: 

• commercial real estate loans, 

• commercial business lending and trade finance, 

• Small Business Administration lending, and 

• consumer loans, including automobile loans, home mortgages, credit lines and other personal loans. 

As part of our efforts to achieve long-term stable profitability and respond to a changing economic environment in the California 

Central Valley, we constantly evaluate a variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services and products 
we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch locations, expanded days and hours of operation and new types of 
lending. 

Loan Procedures.    Loan applications may be approved by the Director Loan Committee of our Board of Directors, or by our 

management or lending officers, to the extent of their loan authority. Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our 
President and Chief Credit Officer are responsible for evaluating the authority limits for individual credit officers and recommending 
lending limits for all other officers to the board of directors for approval. 

We grant individual lending authority to our President, Chief Credit Officer, and to some department managers. Our highest 
management lending authority is combined administrative lending authority for unsecured and secured lending of $2,500,000, which 
requires the approval of our President or Chief Credit Officer. Loans for which direct and indirect borrower liability exceeds an 
individual’s lending authority are referred to our Board of Directors Loan Committee. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s authorized legal lending limits were $11.5 million for unsecured loans plus an additional 
$7.6 million for specific secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which prohibits a bank 
from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital plus the 
allowance for loan losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. The Bank’s primary capital plus allowance 
for loan losses at December 31, 2011 totaled $76.6 million. 

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain underwriting practices. The review of each loan 

application includes analysis of the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial condition, tax returns, cash 
flow projections, and the value of any collateral to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits of 
accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral 
value includes an appraisal report prepared by an independent, Bank-approved, appraiser. 

Real Estate Loans.    We offer commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of new or the refinancing of existing 
commercial properties, such as office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, shopping centers,  automotive industry 
facilities and multiple dwellings. At December 31, 2011, real estate loans constituted 89% of our loan portfolio, of which 93% were 
commercial loans. 

Commercial real estate loans typically have 10-year maturities with up to 25-year amortization of principal and interest and 

loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a 
prepayment penalty during the period within 3 to 5 years of the date of the loan. 

Construction loans are comprised of loans on commercial, residential and income producing properties that generally have terms 
of 1 year, with options to extend for additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up period. We usually 
require 15% equity capital investment by the developer and loan to value ratios of not more than 75% of anticipated completion value. 

Miniperm loans finance the purchase and/or ownership of commercial properties, including owner-occupied and income 
producing properties. We also offer miniperm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans. Miniperm loans are generally 
made with an amortization schedule ranging from 20 to 25 years, with a lump sum balloon payment due in 3 to 5 years. 

Equity lines of credit are revolving lines of credit collateralized by junior deeds of trust on residential real properties. They 

generally bear a rate of interest that floats with our base rate or the prime rate, and have maturities of 10 years.  

We purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial institutions as the need arises. These loans are subject to the 

same underwriting criteria and approval process as loans made directly by us. 

Our real estate loans are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific commercial properties and equity 
lines of credit, and are subject to corporate or individual guarantees from financially capable parties, as available. The properties 
collateralizing real estate loans are principally located in our primary market areas of the California Central Valley and the Eastern 
Sierra.  Real estate loans typically bear an interest rate that floats with our base rate, prime rate or another established index. 

Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) interest rate increases, 

(iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan structure, and 
(v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of the real estate loan in our loan portfolio, 
the current difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would reduce our 
profits.  A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would 
expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of commercial real 
estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.  However, we strive to reduce the exposure to such risks and 
seek to continue to maintain high quality in our real estate loans by (a) reviewing each loan request and each loan renewal 
individually, (b) using a dual signature approval system for the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar amount, 
(c) adhering to written loan policies, including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio 
requirements, cash flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) performing secondary appraisals from time to time, (e) conducting 
external independent credit review, and (f) conducting environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan request on the 
basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the inherent risks.   We monitor and stress test our entire portfolio, 
evaluating debt coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios, on a quarterly basis.  We monitor trends and evaluate exposure derived from 
simulated stressed market conditions.  The portfolio is stratified by owner classification (either owner occupied or non-owner 
occupied), product type, geography and size. 

As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate loan-to-value of the entire commercial real estate portfolio was 52.1%.  Historical data 

suggests that the Company continues to maintain strong LTV, which has served as a cushion against precipitous reductions in real 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estate values.  Non-owner occupied real estate comprises 47.8% of the Company’s total commitments, as of December 31, 2011.  The 
loan-to-value on the non-owner occupied segment was 48.0%, as of December 31, 2011.  The highest concentration by product type is 
office buildings, which comprised 28.5% of total CRE loan commitments outstanding, as of December 31, 2011.   

Our portfolio diversity in terms of both product types and geographic distribution, combined with strong debt coverage ratios, a 

low aggregate loan-to-value and a high percentage of owner-occupied properties, significantly mitigate the risks associated with 
excessive commercial real estate concentration. These elements contribute strength to our overall real estate portfolio despite the 
current weakness in the real estate market.   

         Commercial Business Lending.    We offer commercial loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations, with an 
emphasis on the real estate related industry. These commercial loans include business lines of credit and commercial term loans to 
finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or 
inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, our policies provide specific 
guidelines regarding required debt coverage and other important financial ratios. 

Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and are 

secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear 
an interest rate that floats with our base rate, the prime rate, LIBOR or another established index. 

Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, refinance short-term debts or to finance the 
purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset 
being acquired or other available assets and bear interest rates, which either floats with the Company’s base rate, prime rate, LIBOR or 
another established index or is fixed for the term of the loan. 

We also provide other banking services tailored to the small business market. We have focused recently on diversifying our loan 
portfolio, which has led to an increase in commercial real estate and commercial business loans to small and medium sized businesses. 

Our portfolio of commercial loans is also subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) interest 

rate increases; and (iii) the deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities. We attempt to reduce the exposure to 
such risks through (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, (b) requiring a dual signature approval system, (c) 
mandating strict adherence to written loan policies, and (d) performing external independent credit review. In addition, we monitor 
loans based on short-term asset values on a monthly or quarterly basis. In general, during the term of the relationship, we receive and 
review the financial statements of our borrowing customers on an ongoing basis, and we promptly respond to any deterioration that we 
note. 

Small Business Administration Lending Services.    Small Business Administration, or SBA, lending, forms an important part of 

our business. Our SBA lending service places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our SBA market area includes the 
geographic areas encompassed by our full-service banking offices in the California Central Valley and in the Eastern Sierra. Our SBA 
Loan Department has attained “Preferred Lender” status, which permits us to approve SBA guaranteed loans directly. As an SBA 
Preferred Lender, we provide quicker and more efficient service to our clientele, enabling them to obtain SBA loans in order to 
acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses, and acquire locations in which to do business, without having to go through the 
time consuming SBA approval process. 

Although our participation in the SBA program is subject to the legislative power of Congress and the continued maintenance of 

our approved status by the SBA, we have no reason to believe that this program (and our participation therein) will not continue, 
particularly in view of the lengthy duration of the SBA program nationally. 

Consumer Loans.    Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home improvement loans, home mortgage loans, 
revolving lines of credit and other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers. We provide consumer loan products in an 
effort to diversify our product line. 

Our consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including: 

• amount of credit offered to consumers in the market, 

• interest rate increases, and 

• consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all consumer loans by: 

• reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, 

• using a dual signature system of approval, 

• strictly adhering to written credit policies and, 

• performing external independent credit review. 

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds 

Our primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of 

funds, whereas deposit inflows, outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly by general interest 
rate levels, interest rates available on other investments, competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. 
Customer deposits also remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced by adverse market changes in the 
industry. We may resort to other borrowings, on an as needed basis, as follows: 

• on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and 

• on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity of repricing intervals of assets. 

We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits. These 
accounts include certificates of deposit, or “CDs”, regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking and negotiable order of 
withdrawal, or “NOW”, accounts, savings accounts, health savings accounts and individual retirement accounts, or “IRAs”. These 
accounts generally earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors and management’s desire to 
increase or decrease certain types or maturities of deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered 
deposits. The more significant deposit accounts offered by us are described below: 

Certificates of Deposit.    We offer several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years.  The substantial majority of our 

CDs have a maturity of one to twelve months and pay compounded interest typically credited monthly or at maturity. 

Regular Savings Accounts.    We offer savings accounts that allow for unlimited ATM and in-branch deposits and withdrawals. 

Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 

Money Market Account.    Money market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the balance maintained 

in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 

Checking and NOW Accounts.    Checking and NOW accounts are generally non-interest and interest bearing accounts, 

respectively, and may include service fees based on activity and balances. NOW accounts pay interest, but require a higher minimum 
balance to avoid service charges. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings.    To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we borrow 

funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. We regularly make use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances as 
part of our interest rate risk management, primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer term fixed rate loans held in 
the loan portfolio as part of our growth strategy. 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a 
predetermined formula. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a restricted investment security that can only be sold to other Federal Home 
Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2011, we owned $2,832,100 in FHLB stock. 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are typically secured by our entire real estate loan portfolio, which includes 
residential and commercial loans.  At December 31, 2011, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately 
$133 million. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Banking 

Since August 1, 2001, we have offered Internet banking service, which allows our customers to access their deposit accounts 

through the Internet. Customers are able to obtain transaction history and account information, transfer funds between accounts and 
make on-line bill payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and delivery channels as the need arises 
and our resources permit. 

Other Services 

We also offer ATMs located at branch offices as well as seven other ATMs at various off site locations, and customer access to 

an ATM network. 

Marketing 

Our marketing relies principally upon local advertising and promotional activity and upon personal contacts by our directors, 
officers and shareholders to attract business and to acquaint potential customers with our personalized services. We emphasize a high 
degree of personalized client service in order to be able to provide for each customer’s banking needs. Our marketing approach 
emphasizes the advantages of dealing with an independent, locally managed and state chartered bank to meet the particular needs of 
consumers, professionals and business customers in the community. Our management continually evaluates all of our banking services 
with regard to their profitability and efforts and makes determinations based on these evaluations whether to continue or modify our 
business plan, where appropriate. 

We do not currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business, which would require a material amount of capital 

investment on our part. 

Competition 

Regional Branch Competition.    We consider our primary service area to be composed of the counties of San Joaquin, 
Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties.  The banking business in California generally, and in our primary service area, 
specifically, is competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks 
which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas.  These include Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, JP Morgan 
Chase Bank and Bank of the West. We compete for deposits and loans principally with these banks, as well as with savings and loan 
associations, thrift and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, offerors of money market accounts 
and other lending institutions. 

Among the advantages of these institutions is their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their 
investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand, their ability to offer certain services, such as international banking and trust 
services which are not offered directly by the Company and, the ability by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have 
substantially higher lending limits than we do.   In addition, as a result of increased consolidation and the passage of interstate banking 
legislation there is and will continue to be increased competition among banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions for the 
deposit and loan business of individuals and businesses. 

As of June 30, 2011, our primary service areas contained one hundred sixty-eight (168) banking offices, with approximately 

$10.4 billion in total deposits.  As of June 30, 2011, we had total deposits of approximately $496 million, which represented 
approximately 4.8% of the total deposits in the Bank’s primary service area.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will maintain its 
competitive position against current and potential competitors, especially those with greater resources than the Bank.  The deposits of 
the four (4) largest competing banks averaged approximately $100 million per office as of June 30, 2011. 

In order to compete with major financial institutions in our primary service areas, we use to the fullest extent the flexibility that 
our independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts 
by our officers, directors and employees.  In the event that there are customers whose needs exceed our lending limits, we may arrange 
for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions.  We also assist customers who require other services that we do 
not offer by obtaining such services from correspondent banks.  However, no assurance can be given that our continued efforts to 
compete with other financial institutions will be successful. 

In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions, 

such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, 
increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual 
funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are 
offered to customers. 

Other Competitive Factors.     The more general competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation and 
competition. Strong competitors, other than financial institutions, have entered banking markets with focused products targeted at 
highly profitable customer segments. Many of these competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide 
customers increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between 
financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and 
increase revenues to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to the federal and state interstate banking laws, which 
permit banking organizations to expand geographically, and the California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state 
institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, which has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities 
firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies, is also expected to intensify competitive conditions. 

Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial services industry. Such innovations have, 

for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that were 
previously considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and 
channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, ATMs, self-service branches and/or in-store branches. 

Business Concentration.    No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets 

or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 89% of our loan portfolio held for investment at 
December 31, 2011 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, miniperm loans, real estate mortgage loans and 
commercial loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Central California, with 
the majority of our business concentrated in San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties.  Consequently, our results 
of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Central California economies and, in particular, the 
residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in Central California exposes us to 
greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and 
floods in this region. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2011, we had 135 employees (113 full-time employees and 22 part-time employees). None of our employees 

are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  

Bank Holding Company Regulation 

Upon effectiveness of the bank holding company reorganization on July 2, 2008, we became subject to regulation under the Bank 

Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”) which subjects Oak Valley Bancorp to Federal Reserve Board reporting and 
examination requirements.  Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of 
financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. 

The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations and, together with 

the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities. 

Bank Regulation 

The banking and financial services business in which we engage is highly regulated. Such regulation is intended, among other 
things, to protect depositors insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the entire banking system. These 
regulations affect our lending practices, consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.  

As a state chartered bank, we are subject to regulation and examination by the California Department of Financial Institutions 
(“DFI”).  We are also subject to regulation, supervision and periodic examination by the FDIC. If, as a result of an examination of the 
Bank, the FDIC or the DFI should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, 
management, liquidity, or other aspects of our operations are unsatisfactory, or that we have violated any law or regulation, various 
remedies are available to those regulators including issuing a “cease and desist” order, restricting our growth or removing officers and 
directors. 

The commercial banking business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the 
policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, also known as the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”). As a member 
of the Federal Reserve System, we are subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The 
regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the filing of periodic reports, and activities relating to 
dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reserves against deposits, and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FRB is generally intended 
to protect depositors and is not intended for the protection of our shareholders. The Federal Reserve Board implements national 
monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States 
Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements and 
by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these 
areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and affects interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. 
Indirectly such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. The nature and impact of any 
future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted. 

The laws, regulations and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state 
legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the 
cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other 
financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding 
companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank 
regulatory agencies and other professional agencies. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be 
predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings. 

The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both the Company and the Bank. 
The Bank addresses the many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses 
the various risks associated with these issues. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws, rules and 
regulations which may change from time to time.  

Capital Adequacy Requirements 

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that 

reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as 
assets and transactions which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and 
credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 
0% for assets with low credit risk, such as federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. The higher the 
category, the more risk a bank is subject to and thus the more capital that is required. 

The guidelines divide a bank’s capital into two tiers. Tier I includes common equity, retained earnings, certain non-cumulative 
perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Goodwill and other intangible assets 
(except for mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships, subject to certain limitations) are subtracted from Tier I 
capital. Tier II capital includes, among other items, cumulative perpetual and long-term, limited-life preferred stock, mandatory 
convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and the allowance for loan losses (subject to certain 
limitations). Certain items are required to be deducted from Tier II capital.  Banks must maintain a total risk-based ratio of 8%, of 
which at least 4% must be Tier I capital. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 
16.2% and 14.9%, and our Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 15.0% and 13.7%, respectively. 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount 

of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five 
categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of 
Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are 
required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant 
to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the 
volume and severity of problem loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s Leverage Capital Ratios were 11.4% and 
11.6%, respectively. 

Federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions 
whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected 
to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. 

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions 

Federal law requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured financial 

institutions, including but not limited to those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The federal banking 
agencies have by regulation defined the following five capital categories: 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• “well capitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6%; and Leverage Ratio of 5%), 

• “adequately capitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 4%; and Leverage Ratio of 
4% or 3% if the institution receives the highest rating from its primary regulator), 

• “undercapitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 4%; or 
Leverage Ratio of less than 4% or 3% if the institution receives the highest rating from its primary regulator), 

• “significantly undercapitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 6%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 
3%; or Leverage Ratio less than 3%), and 

• “critically undercapitalized” (tangible equity to total assets less than 2%). 

A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the 

appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically 
undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment. 

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a 
bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions, if to do so 
would make the Bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required 
to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if 
any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, 
forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and 
prohibitions on paying certain bonuses without FRB approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized 
banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a 
conservator or receiver for an insured bank not later than 90 days after the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized. 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by 

federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any 
condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance 
of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the 
issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-
affiliated” parties. 

Dividends 

The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to Oak Valley Bancorp is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial 
Code (the “Code”).  Prior to any distribution from the Bank to Oak Valley Bancorp, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with 
the provisions of the Code and to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DFI and the FRB. In the event 
that the intended distribution from the Bank to Oak Valley Bancorp exceeds the restriction in the Code, advance approval from FRB is 
required. While advance approval may be required from the FRB for up to three years after we terminate our participation in the U.S. 
Treasury Capital Purchase Program, management does not believe that these regulations will limit dividends from the Bank to meet 
the operating requirements of Bancorp for the foreseeable future. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of 
this report. 

Safety and Soundness Standards 

Federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository 

institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and 
documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies 
in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to 
meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute 
enforcement proceedings, if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit Insurance and FDIC Insurance Assessments 

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. The 

2010 enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made the deposit insurance 
coverage permanent at the $250,000 level retroactive to January 1, 2008. 

The Dodd-Frank act also provides depositors at all FDIC-insured institutions with unlimited deposit insurance coverage on 
traditional checking accounts that do not pay interest and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts beginning December 31, 2010 through 
the end of 2012. 

During 2009 and 2010, we elected to participate in the Temporary Transaction Account Guarantee Program, which provided full 

deposit insurance coverage to non-interest bearing transaction accounts (including low-interest negotiable order of withdrawal 
accounts and interest on lawyer trust accounts), by paying a 10 basis point surcharge on the non-interest bearing transaction accounts 
over $250,000 through December 31, 2009, and a 15 basis point surcharge through December 31, 2010, when the program ended. 

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC finalized a Deposit Insurance Fund restoration plan that required banks to prepay, on 

December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. 
Under the plan, banks were assessed through 2010 according to the risk-based premium schedule adopted in April 2009. 

On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a rule that changes the FDIC insurance assessment 

base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 
capital.  Since the new base is larger than the current base, the new rule lowers assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points on 
the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The change was 
effective beginning with the second quarter of 2011. Since we have a solid core deposit base and do not rely heavily on borrowings 
and brokered deposits, the benefit of the lower assessment rate (which has dropped by approximately half for us) significantly 
outweighed the effect of a wider assessment base. 

Community Reinvestment Act 

We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving the Community Reinvestment Act, or “CRA”. The 
CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of local 
communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires that a record be kept of whether a 
financial institution meets its community credit needs, which record will be taken into account when evaluating applications for, 
among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a 
bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators now utilize a performance-based evaluation system, which bases CRA 
ratings on the Company’s actual lending service and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution 
conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection 
with its assessment of CRA performance, the FRB assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial 
noncompliance.” Our CRA performance is evaluated by the FDIC under the intermediate small bank requirements.  The FDIC’s last 
CRA performance examination was performed on us and completed in July of 2011 and we received an overall “Satisfactory” CRA 
Assessment Rating. 

Anti-Money Laundering Regulations 

A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Company Secrecy Act in 1970 require banks to prevent, detect, and 

report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and 
terrorism. Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 
Terrorism Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account 
relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, 
foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities.  We have extensive controls to comply with these requirements. 

Privacy and Data Security 

The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”) of 1999 imposed requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer 
privacy.  The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has 
been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure.  Financial institutions are further required to disclose 
their privacy policies to consumers annually.  The GLBA also directs federal regulators to prescribe standards for the security of 
consumer information.  We are subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
breach.  We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt out” of having non-public customer 
information disclosed to third parties.  We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and 
security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal.  Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves 
sensitive customer information that may be misused. 

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations 

Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations. Examination 
and enforcement has become intense, and banks have been advised to monitor compliance carefully with various consumer protection 
laws and their implementing regulations. For example, the federal Interagency Task Force on Fair Lending issued a policy statement 
on discrimination in home mortgage lending describing three methods that federal agencies will use to prove discrimination: overt 
evidence of discrimination, evidence of disparate treatment, and evidence of disparate impact. In addition to CRA and fair lending 
requirements, we are subject to numerous other federal consumer protection statutes and regulations. Due to heightened regulatory 
concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, we may incur additional compliance costs or 
be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities we serve. 

Restriction on Transactions between Member Banks and their Affiliates 

Transactions between the Company and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of 

the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank’s “covered transactions” with 
the Company, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from the 
Company. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered transactions, be on market terms and conditions. 
Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on transactions between the Bank and the Company with FRB 
interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”. The Sarbanes-

Oxley Act addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance matters relating to the operations of public companies. During 
2003, the Commission issued a number of regulations under the directive of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act significantly increasing public 
company governance-related obligations and filing requirements, including: 

• the establishment of an independent public oversight of public company accounting firms by a board that will set auditing, 
quality and ethical standards for and have investigative and disciplinary powers over such accounting firms, 

• the enhanced regulation of the independence, responsibilities and conduct of accounting firms which provide auditing services 
to public companies, 

• the increase of penalties for fraud related crimes, 

• the enhanced disclosure, certification, and monitoring of financial statements, internal financial controls and the audit process, 
and 

• the enhanced and accelerated reporting of corporate disclosures and internal governance. 

Furthermore, in November 2003, in response to the directives of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Nasdaq adopted substantially expanded 

corporate governance criteria for the issuers of securities quoted on the Nasdaq markets. The new Nasdaq rules govern, among other 
things, the enhancement and regulation of corporate disclosure and internal governance of listed companies and of the authority, role 
and responsibilities of their boards of directors and, in particular, of “independent” members of such boards of directors, in the areas 
of nominations, corporate governance, compensation and the monitoring of the audit and internal financial control processes. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Commission rules promulgated thereunder, and the new Nasdaq governance requirements have 
required the Company to review its current procedures and policies to determine whether they comply with the new legislation and its 
implementing regulations. Oak Valley Bancorp is primarily responsible for ensuring compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and the Nasdaq 
governance rules, as applicable. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2009 

Dramatic negative developments in the latter half of 2007 in the subprime mortgage market and the securitization markets for 
such loans, together with volatility in oil prices and other factors, have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general and a 
related economic downturn, which effects continued to be felt among financial institutions through 2011.  

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was enacted to restore confidence and 

stabilize the volatility in the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to 
each other. Through a program initially known as the Treasury Capital Purchase Program (“TCPP”) that was carved out of the 
Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), the EESA authorized the United States Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) to 
purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and 
certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies. 
Initially, $350 billion was made immediately available to the U.S. Treasury. On January 15, 2009, the remaining $350 billion was 
released to the U.S. Treasury. 

Consistent with its prudent approach and attention to liquidity during a time of general market turmoil and severe limitations 
in accessing the capital markets, in December 2008 the Company participated in the TCPP and issued $13.5 million of preferred stock 
to the U.S. Treasury, together with a warrant to acquire 350,346 shares of common stock. Both the preferred stock and the warrant 
were repurchased by the Company in 2011. However, during the period when the Company participated in the TCPP, we were subject 
to restrictions on executive compensation and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases.  The compensation restrictions 
generally applied to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive 
officers. The standards included (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for named senior executives does not encourage 
unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) required clawback of any bonus or incentive 
compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially 
inaccurate; (3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and (4) agreement not to deduct for tax 
purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.  

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 

On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law by President 
Obama. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, 
energy, health, and education needs. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure 
limits on all current and future TCPP recipients, including the Company, until the institution has repaid the U.S. Treasury, which is 
now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the U.S. Treasury’s consultation 
with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency. 

The ARRA executive compensation standards that went into effect on September 14, 2009 were more stringent than those in 

effect under the TCPP. The ARRA standards include (but are not limited to); (i) prohibitions on bonuses, retention awards and other 
incentive compensation, other than restricted stock grants which do not fully vest during the TCPP period up to one-third of an 
employee’s total annual compensation, (ii) prohibitions on golden parachute payments for departures, (iii) an expanded clawback of 
bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation if payment is based on materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, 
gains or other criteria, (iv) prohibitions on compensation plans that encourage manipulation of reported earnings, (v) retroactive 
review of bonuses, retention awards and other compensation previously provided by TCPP recipients if found by the U.S. Treasury to 
be inconsistent with the purposes of TCPP or otherwise contrary to public interest, (vi) required establishment of a company-wide 
policy regarding “excessive or luxury expenditures,” and (vii) inclusion in a participant’s proxy statements for annual shareholder 
meetings of a nonbinding “Say on Pay” shareholder vote on the compensation of executives. 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act 

(“Act”), a landmark financial reform bill comprised of massive volume of new rules and restrictions that will impact banks going 
forward. It includes key provisions aimed at preventing a repeat of the 2008 financial crisis and a new process for winding down 
failing, systemically important institutions in a manner as close to a controlled bankruptcy as possible. The Act includes other key 
provisions as follows: 

(1) The Act establishes a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to monitor systemic financial risks. The FRB is given 

extensive new authorities to impose strict controls on large bank holding companies with total consolidated assets equal to or in excess 
14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
of $50 billion and systemically significant nonbank financial companies to limit the risk they might pose for the economy and to other 
large interconnected companies. The FRB can also take direct control of troubled financial companies that are considered systemically 
significant. 

The Act restricts the amount of trust preferred securities (“TPS”) that may be considered as Tier 1 Capital. For bank holding 

companies below $15 billion in total assets, TPS issued before May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered, so their status as Tier 1 capital 
does not change. Beginning January 1, 2013, bank holding companies above $15 billion in assets will have a three-year phase-in 
period to fill the capital gap caused by the disallowance of the TPS issued before May 19, 2010.  However going forward, TPS will be 
disallowed as Tier 1 capital. 

(2) The Act creates a new process to liquidate failed financial firms in an orderly manner, including giving the FDIC broader 

authority to operate or liquidate a failing financial company. 

(3) The Act also establishes a new independent Federal regulatory body for consumer protection within the Federal Reserve 
System known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the "Bureau"), which will assume responsibility for most consumer 
protection laws (except the Community Reinvestment Act). It will also be in charge of setting appropriate consumer banking fees and 
caps. The Office of Comptroller of the Currency will continue to have authority to preempt state banking and consumer protection 
laws if these laws "prevent or significantly" interfere with the business of banking. 

(4) The Act effects changes in the FDIC assessment as discussed in section “FDIC Insurance Assessments” above. 

(5) The Act places certain limitations on investment and other activities by depository institutions, holding companies and 

their affiliates, including comprehensive regulation of all over-the-counter derivatives. 

(6) The Act states that the FRB is authorized to regulate interchange fees on debit cards and certain general-use prepaid card 
transactions paid to issuing banks with assets in excess of $10 billion to ensure that they are “reasonable and proportional” to the cost 
of processing individual transactions, and to prohibit debit and general-use prepaid payment card networks and issuers from requiring 
transactions to be processed on a single payment network. The FRB issued its final rule on June 29, 2011. 

The impact of the Act on our banking operations is still uncertain due to the significant volume of new rules still subject to 

adoption and interpretation. 

Environmental Regulations 

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with 

respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, 
investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to 
investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or 
remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to 
common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the 
property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of 
operations could be materially and adversely affected. 

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation 

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us and the banking industry, in general, are pending and additional 
initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies 
in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial 
institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking 
regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. We cannot predict whether, 
or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which our business would be affected thereby. 

Available Information 

The Company maintains an Internet website at http://www.ovcb.com.  The Company makes available its annual reports on 
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other information related to the Company free of 
charge, through this site as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes 

15 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
them to, the SEC. The Company’s website also contains a copy of our Code of Ethics. The Company’s internet website and the 
information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. 

In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from: 

Corporate Secretary 
Oak Valley Bancorp  
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
209-844-7578 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our main office is located in a complex at 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361, in downtown Oakdale and houses our 

primary loan production, operations, and administrative offices.  The building has an automated teller machine and onsite parking.  
The Company’s complex occupies approximately 20,000 square feet of space. 

Property Location and Address 

Square 
Footage 

Lease 
Expiration Date 

Lease 
Extension Options 

Oakdale, 125 N. 3rd Ave. 
Oakdale, 338 F Street 
Sonora, 14580 Mono Way 
Modesto, 12th & I Street 
Bridgeport, 166 Main Street 
Mammoth Lakes, 170 Mountain Blvd.  
Bishop, 351 North Main Street 
Modesto, 4120 Dale Road 
Turlock, 2001 Geer Road 
Patterson, 20 Plaza Circle 
Escalon, 1910 McHenry Ave. 
Ripon, 150 North Wilma Ave. 
Stockton, 2935 West March Lane 
Modesto, 3508 McHenry Ave. 
Manteca, 191 W. North St.  

* The Company owns this property. 

9,600 
9,860  
2,500  
4,500  
2,875 
1,856 
3,680  
4,500  
2,400  
2,100  
3,500  
1,800  
8,000  
5,400 
2,800 

n/a* 
3/2017 
4/2013 
3/2016 
n/a* 
n/a* 
8/2014 
3/2015 
1/2015 
n/a* 
4/2021 
1/2011 
12/2022 
n/a* 
5/31/2016 

n/a* 
three, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
two, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
n/a* 
two, 5-year term extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
two, 5-year term extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
two, 5-year term extensions 

Management has determined that all of its premises are adequate for its present and anticipated level of business. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Our 
management evaluates its exposure to these claims and proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses 
on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimable and the loss is probable. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that there are no material litigation matters at the current time. Although the results of such litigation matters and 

claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of any such claims and proceedings will not have a 
material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

Not applicable. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “OVLY.”  The following table sets forth the 
high and low closing bid prices (which reflect prices between dealers and do not include retail markup, markdown or commission and 
may not represent actual transactions) for the current year and the two calendar years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively.  From time to time, during the periods indicated, trading activity in our common stock was infrequent.  The source of the 
quotes is The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC. 

For Calendar Quarter Ended 

Closing Sale Price 

High 

Low 

March 31, 2010 
June 30, 2010 
September 30, 2010 
December 31, 2010 

March 31, 2011 
June 30, 2011 
September 30, 2011 
December 31, 2011 

4.60 
6.50 
5.94 
6.00 

6.25 
6.25 
6.05 
6.99 

4.00 
4.10 
4.83 
5.08 

5.80 
5.85 
4.05 
4.65 

On March 16, 2012, the closing price of our common stock was $6.65 per share; and there were approximately 515 shareholders 

of record of the common stock and 7,883,780 outstanding shares of common stock. 

Dividends 

Our ability to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a specified period, but also on our meeting 

certain capital requirements.  

Furthermore, because of our participation in the U.S. Treasury Small Business Lending Fund program in August 2011, pursuant 
to which we issued to the U.S. Treasury 13,500 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, so long as any 
share of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company may declare and pay dividends on the common stock only if (A) 
after giving effect to such dividend the Company’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold (as such 
term is defined in Section 2(rr) of , the Series B Preferred Stock Certificate of Determination, which is incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 4.3) and (B) full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the most recently completed calendar 
quarter have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid. 

Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if dividends are declared by our Board of Directors. Although we 
have paid dividends in the past, it is no guarantee that we will pay cash dividends in the future.  No dividends were paid for the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2011 with respect to shares of our common stock that are issued 
and currently outstanding under the Company’s 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Restated Stock Option Plan”), and the 
number of shares that are authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2008 Equity Plan (the “2008 Equity Plan”).  Figures in the 
table have been retroactively adjusted to reflect three-for-two stock splits in August 2005 and 2006. 

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans 

Approved by Shareholders 

Equity Compensation Plans Not 
Approved by Shareholders  

Total 

A 

B 

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding Options 

Weighted Average Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options 

C 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under 2008 Equity Plan 
(Excluding Securities Reflected in 
Column A) 

281,623   

$ 

0  

281,623   

$ 

8.16    

0    

8.16    

1,484,195   

0   

1,484,195   

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATION 

The following discussion of  financial condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and results of operations for each of the years in 
the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes thereto, included in this report.  Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally 
comprised of average daily balances. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This discussion of financial results includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the 

Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the 
“1934 Act”). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act provide a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements to encourage 
companies to provide prospective information about their financial performance so long as they provide meaningful, cautionary 
statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from projected results. 

Our forward-looking statements include descriptions of plans or objectives of Management for future operations, products 
or services, and forecasts of our revenues, earnings or other measures of economic performance. Forward-looking statements can be 
identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include the words “believe,” “expect,” 
“intend,” “estimate” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.” 

Forward-looking statements are based on Management’s current expectations regarding economic, legislative, and 

regulatory issues that may impact our earnings in future periods. A number of factors - many of which are beyond Management’s 
control - could cause future results to vary materially from current Management’s expectations. Such factors include, but are not 
limited to, general economic conditions, the current financial turmoil in the United States and abroad, changes in interest rates, deposit 
flows, real estate values and industry competition; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; changes in legislation or 
regulation; and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, 
products and services. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-
looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made or to reflect the 
occurrence of unanticipated events. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction 

Our continued focus on responsible community banking fundamentals and our strong customer relationships have enabled us 

to increase profitability in 2011, and have led to higher deposits, a core funding source for our steady asset growth.  

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $612 million in total assets, $396 million in total gross loans, and $536 million 

in total deposits. 

We believe the following were key indicators of our performance for operations during 2011: 

• our total assets increased to $612 million at the end of 2011, an increase of 10.8%, from $552 million at the end of 2010. 

• our total deposits increased to $536 million at the end of 2011, an increase of 12.5%, from $477 million at the end of 
2010. 

• our total net loans decreased to $387 million at the end of 2011, a decrease of 2.1%, from $395 million at the end of 2010. 

• our ratio of total non-performing loans to total loans decreased to 1.8% at December 31, 2011 from 2.8% at December 31, 
2010.  Management considers that the size of the ratio of non-performing assets to total loans is moderate and manageable, 
and reserves have been taken appropriately. 

• net interest income increased $0.2 million or 0.7% in 2011 compared to 2010, mainly as a result of an increase in average 
earning assets of $41 million.  

• provision for loan losses decreased $2.52 million or 62.7% to $1.5 million in 2011 compared to $4.02 million in 2010. 

• total noninterest income decreased to $2.75 million in 2011, a decrease of 0.7%, from $2.77 million in 2010.  Despite 
expanding our deposit account base, there were various offsetting factors that contributed to the nominal decrease. 

• total noninterest expense increased from $16.8 million in 2010 to $17.4 million in 2011, reflecting the increase in 
overhead costs associated with two new branch openings in 2011.  

These items, as well as other factors, contributed to the increase in net income available to common shareholders for 2011 

to $4.70 million from $3.79 million in 2010, which translates into $0.61 per diluted common share in 2011 and $0.49 per diluted 
common share in 2010. 

Over the past few years, our network of branches and loan production offices has been expanded geographically. We 

currently maintain fourteen full-service offices.  We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of 
additional branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit. 

2012 Outlook 

As we begin our strategic business plan for 2012, we are continuing to pursue opportunities for growth in our existing 

markets, as well as opportunities to expand into new markets through  de novo  branching. Further, we expect that our portfolio of 
small business loans will overall experience additional growth in 2012 as a result of targeted marketing efforts in this area. 

In 2012, we are continuing to focus on loan and account growth and managing our net interest margin, while attempting to 

control expenses and credit losses and manage our business to achieve our net income and other objectives. Efforts to attract new 
accounts and grow loans continue to be an important strategic initiative.   

Although interest rates remained flat at historic lows in 2011, we had strong growth in our earning assets to increase our net 
interest income, which we expect could slightly compress in 2012 if interest rates begin to increase.  The potential compression of net 
interest income and net interest margin would be a likely outcome if interest rates increase given that are balance sheet is liability 
sensitive to interest rate changes primarily due to the number of loans currently at their contractual rate floors and competitive 
pressures to increase deposit rates.  This could in turn result in a slower increase on the yield of earning assets compared to the cost of 
deposits and other funds.  Ideally, if we experience an increase in our yield on earnings assets we could then determine to increase the 
interest rates we pay on our deposit accounts or change our promotional or other interest rates on new deposits in marketing activation 
programs to attempt to achieve a certain net interest margin. In light of the current economic environment, it may not be possible to 
manage the interest margin in this manner, as competitive pressures may dictate that we increase deposit rates at a faster rate than the 
earning assets increase, thereby further compressing the net interest margin.  Any increases in the rates we charge on accounts could 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
have an effect on our efforts to attract new customers and grow loans, particularly with the continuing competition in the commercial 
and consumer lending industry. The economies and real estate markets in our primary market areas will continue to be significant 
determinants of the quality of our assets in future periods and, thus, our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. Current 
economic indicators suggest that the national economy and the economies in our primary market areas will remain depressed but the 
length and severity of the cycle is difficult to predict. 

For 2012, management remains focused on the above challenges and opportunities and other factors affecting the business 

similar to the factors driving 2011 results as discussed in this section. 

Holding Company  

Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Community Bank became a subsidiary of Oak Valley Bancorp, a newly established bank 

holding company. Oak Valley Bancorp operates Oak Valley Community Bank as a community bank in the general commercial 
banking business, with our primary market encompassing the California Central Valley around Oakdale and Modesto, and the Eastern 
Sierras.  As such, unless otherwise noted, all references are about Oak Valley Bancorp. 

In the bank holding company reorganization, all outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank were exchanged for an 

equal number of shares of common stock of Oak Valley Bancorp, which now owns the Bank as its wholly-owned subsidiary. 
Management believes that operating the Bank within a holding company structure, among other things: 

• provides greater operating flexibility than is currently enjoyed by us. 

• facilitates the acquisition of related businesses as opportunities arise. 

• improves our ability to diversify. 

• enhances our ability to remain competitive in the future with other companies in the financial services industry that are 
organized in a holding company structure. 

• enhances our ability to raise capital to support growth. 

The financial statements and discussion thereof contained in this report for periods subsequent to the reorganization relate to 

the consolidated financial statements of Oak Valley Bancorp.  Periods prior to the reorganization relate to the Bank only.  The 
information is comparable as the sole subsidiary of Oak Valley Bancorp is the Bank. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Critical accounting policies are those that are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of 
operations and require management's most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates 
about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial 
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that effect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial 
statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. In addition, GAAP itself may 
change from one previously acceptable method to another method, although the economics of our transactions would be the same. 

Management has determined the following accounting policies to be critical:  

Asset Impairment Judgments 

Certain of our assets are carried in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. 
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test 
for impairment of various assets. In addition to our impairment analyses related to loans, another significant impairment analysis 
relates to other than temporary declines in the value of our securities. 

Our available for sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported 

as accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities 
portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other than 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
temporary. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, we would adjust the carrying amount of the security by writing down the 
security to fair value through a charge to current period income. The market values of our securities are significantly affected by 
changes in interest rates. 

In general, as interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the market value 
of fixed-rate securities will increase. With significant changes in interest rates, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security 
for a sufficient time to recover the recorded principal balance. Estimated fair values for securities are based on published or securities 
dealers’ market values. Market volatility is unpredictable and may impact such values. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending and making commercial loans.  Accounting for our allowance for loan 

losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on historical data and management’s view of the 
current economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews the methodology and adequacy of allowance for 
loan losses and reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and approval. 

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of probable incurred losses with regard to our loans.  Our loan loss provision 

for each period is dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loans, 
delinquencies, management's assessment of the quality of the loans, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic 
conditions in our market area.  We base our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent in our loan 
portfolio.  

Our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual 

losses and involves a detailed analysis of our loan portfolio, in three phases: 

• the specific review of individual loans, 

• the segmenting and review of loan pools with similar characteristics, and 

• our judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors: 

The first phase of our methodology involves the specific review of individual loans to identify and measure impairment. 

We evaluate each loan by use of a risk rating system, except for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. 
Specific risk rated loans are deemed impaired if all amounts, including principal and interest, will likely not be collected in accordance 
with the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial and real estate loans is measured either based on 
the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value 
of the collateral, less selling and holding costs. 

The second phase involves the segmenting of the remainder of the risk rated loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans, 
together with loans with similar characteristics, for evaluation. We determine the calculated loss ratio to each loan pool based on its 
historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer banks. 

In the third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collectability of loan portfolio and 

each group of loan pool. The factors considered are, but are not limited to: 

• concentration of credits, 

• nature and volume of the loan portfolio, 

• delinquency trends, 

• non-accrual loan trend, 

• problem loan trend, 

• loss and recovery trend, 

• quality of loan review, 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• lending and management staff, 

• lending policies and procedures, 

• economic and business conditions, and 

• other external factors. 

Our management estimates the probable effect of such conditions based on our judgment, experience and known or 

anticipated trends. Such estimation may be reflected as an additional allowance to each group of loans, if necessary. Management 
reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically 
identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may 
be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a 
specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the inherent loss 
related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance. 

Central to our credit risk management and our assessment of appropriate loss allowance is our loan risk rating system. 

Under this system, the originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating based on a thorough analysis of each 
borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of 
inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit administration personnel. 
Credits are monitored by line and credit administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition which may 
impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to 
specific loans, specific loan pools, and off-balance sheet credit exposures (which are reported separately as part of other liabilities), the 
adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 

It is the policy of management to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level adequate for risks inherent in the overall 
loan portfolio, however, the loan portfolio can be adversely affected if the State of California’s economic conditions and its real estate 
market in our general market area were to further deteriorate or weaken. Additionally, further weakness of a prolonged nature in the 
agricultural and general economy would have a negative impact on the local market. The effect of such economic events, although 
uncertain and unpredictable at this time, could result in an increase in the levels of nonperforming loans and additional loan losses, 
which could adversely affect our future growth and profitability. No assurance of the level of predicted credit losses can be given with 
any certainty. 

Non-Accrual Loan Policy 

Interest on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed collectible. Accrual of interest is 

discontinued when a loan is over 90 days delinquent or if management believes that collection is highly uncertain. Generally, 
payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all principal has been 
repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company recognizes in the consolidated statements of income the grant-date fair value of stock options and other 

equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees” requisite service period (generally the vesting period).  
The Company uses straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting.  The Company utilizes a binomial pricing 
model for all stock option grants. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s stock. The 
Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected 
term of options granted for the binomial model is derived from applying a historical suboptimal exercise factor to the contractual term 
of the grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free rate for periods is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant and 
commensurate with the contractual term of the grant.  For restricted stock grants, the Company uses the market price of the stock on 
the grant date and expenses the market value over the vesting period. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes  

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of 
the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to 
the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. As changes in 
tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the state of California. With few exceptions, the 

Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. 

Deferred Compensations Plans 

Future compensation under the Company’s executive salary continuation plan and director retirement plan is earned for 

services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary continuation liability based on anticipated years of service 
and vesting schedules provided under the plans. The Company’s current benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the 
present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds 
with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary continuation contracts, which average approximately 
20 years. 

Fair Value Measurements 

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value 

disclosures. We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if 
any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair 
value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity  that are other-than-
temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application 
of lower-of-cost or market accounting. 

We have established and documented a process for determining fair value. We maximize the use of observable inputs and 

minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market 
data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties 
and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures 
could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. For detailed information on our use of fair 
value measurements and our related valuation methodologies, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this 
Form 10-K.    

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-

02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.  The ASU 
clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. It is intended to assist creditors in determining whether a 
modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), both for purposes 
of recording an impairment loss and for disclosure of a TDR. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR, a creditor must 
separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing 
financial difficulties. The amendments to ASU Topic 310, Receivables, clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it 
has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU No. 2011-02 is effective for interim and 
annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of 
the fiscal year of adoption.  There was no significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as a result of 
adopting this ASU. 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair 

Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The ASU improves the comparability of fair value 
measurements presented and disclosed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) by changing the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S GAAP for 
measuring fair value and disclosure of information. The amendments to this ASU provide explanation on how to measure fair value 
but do not require any additional fair value measurements and does not establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
outside of financial reporting. The amendments clarify existing fair value measurements and disclosure requirements to include 
application of the highest and best use and valuation premises concepts; measuring fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting 
entity’s shareholders’ equity; and disclosures requirements regarding quantitative information about unobservable inputs categorized 
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, clarification is provided for measuring the fair value of financial instruments 
that are managed in a portfolio and the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement. For public entities, ASU 
2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect this ASU to have a 
significant impact on our financial condition or result of operations. 

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05 

Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The ASU improves the comparability, consistency, and 
transparency of financial reporting and increases the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. The amendments 
to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, require entities to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, 
and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two 
separate but consecutive statements. Entities are no longer permitted to present components of other comprehensive income as part of 
the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. Any adjustments for items are that reclassified from other comprehensive income to 
net income are to be presented on the face of the entities financial statement regardless the method of presentation for comprehensive 
income.  The amendments do not change items to be reported in comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive 
income must be reclassified to net income, nor do the amendments change the option to present the components of other 
comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and 
interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. We do not expect this ASU to have an impact on our financial condition or 
result of operations as it affects presentation only. 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The update 
requires an entity to offset, and present as a single net amount, a recognized eligible asset and a recognized eligible liability when it 
has an unconditional and legally enforceable right of setoff and intends either to settle the asset and liability on a net basis or to realize 
the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The ASU requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related 
arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The 
amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company is currently in 
the process of evaluating the ASU but does not expect it will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

Results of Operations 

The Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by 
earning  assets  less  interest  expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  second  is  noninterest  income,  which  primarily  consists  of 
deposit service charges and fees, the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance and mortgage commissions. The majority of the 
Company's noninterest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to our customers. 

Overview 

We recorded net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $4,700,000 or $0.61 

per diluted common share compared to $3,786,000 or $0.49 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2010. The 
increase in net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to a decrease of 
$2,520,000 in provision for loan losses, an increase in net interest income of $173,000.  Partially offsetting these factors was a 
decrease in non-interest income of $18,000, an increase of $618,000 in non-interest expense associated with two new branch openings 
in 2011 and an increase in income tax provision of $823,000. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table: 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

For the period: 

Net income available to common shareholders 
Net income per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Return on average common equity 
Return on average assets 
Common stock dividend payout ratio 
Efficiency ratio 

At period end: 

Book value per common share 
Total assets 
Total gross loans 
Total deposits 
Net loan-to-deposit ratio 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

As of and for the years ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

4,700   

  $

3,786   

   $

1,158   

  $
  $

0.61   
0.61   
8.67 %  
1.02 %  
0.00 %  
61.28 %  

   $
   $

0.49    
0.49    
7.65  %   
0.88  %   
0.00  %   
59.62  %   

0.15   
0.15   
2.51 %
0.38 %
16.54 %
68.04 %

7.37   
612,172   
396,202   
536,204   

  $
  $
  $
  $
72.17 %    

6.64    
552,396    
404,194    
476,739    

   $
   $
   $
   $

82.90  %   

6.14   
524,722   
425,627   
429,210   
97.34 %

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees derived from earning 
assets and interest paid on liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected by changes in the level and mix 
of interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also affected by 
changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans are 
affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and competitive factors. Those 
factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, such as federal economic policies, 
the general supply of money in the economy, legislative tax policies, the governmental budgetary matters, and the actions of the 
Federal Reserve Board. 

26 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For a detailed analysis of interest income and interest expense, see the “Average Balance Sheets” and the “Rate/Volume Analysis” 
below. 

Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income 

For the Years Ended December 31,  

2011 

 Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

 Avg 
Rate/ 
Yield 

2010 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

 Avg 
Rate/ 
Yield 

 Average 
Balance 

Assets: 

Earning assets: 

   Gross loans (1) (2) 

 $       394,130 

 $ 23,619 

5.99% 

 $       411,590  

 $ 25,536 

Securities of U.S. government agencies 

   Other investment securities (2) 

Federal funds sold 

Interest-earning deposits 

Total interest-earning assets 

Total noninterest earning assets 

        Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity: 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

   Money market deposits 

NOW deposits 

Savings deposits 

Time certificates of $100,000 or more 

   Other time deposits 

Other borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

   Noninterest-bearing deposits 

   Other liabilities 

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities 

Shareholders' equity 

4,775 

69,518 

17,804 

40,902 

90 

1.88% 

3,274 

4.71% 

42 

100 

0.24% 

0.24% 

1,552  

9 

47,669  

2,597 

8,286  

17,099  

19 

42 

6.20% 

0.60% 

5.45% 

0.23% 

0.25% 

527,129 

27,125 

5.15% 

486,196  

28,203 

5.80% 

45,774 

 $       572,903 

38,773  

 $       524,969  

245,815 

66,157 

18,389 

35,172 

28,755 

6,484 

767 

133 

64 

356 

260 

68 

0.31% 

0.20% 

0.35% 

1.01% 

0.90% 

1.05% 

212,621  

1,374 

59,617  

14,963  

42,352  

33,383  

19,171  

186 

62 

510 

459 

328 

0.65% 

0.31% 

0.42% 

1.20% 

1.37% 

1.71% 

400,772 

1,648 

0.41% 

382,107  

2,919 

0.76% 

101,599 

2,820 

104,419 

67,712 

76,820  

3,065  

79,885  

62,977  

       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

 $       572,903 

 $       524,969  

Net interest income 

Net interest spread (3) 

Net interest margin (4) 

 $ 25,477 

 $ 25,284 

4.73% 

4.83% 

5.04% 

5.20% 

(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.  
(2)  Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents (FTE), based on a federal marginal 

tax rate of 34.0%. 

(3) Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. 
(4) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis (FTE), increased $0.2 million or 0.7% to $25.5 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2011, compared to $25.3 million in 2010.  Net interest spread and net interest margin were 4.73% and 4.83%, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 5.04% and 5.20%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 
2010. The decrease in the net interest margin in 2011 was primarily attributable to the increased average federal funds sold and 

27 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
interest earning deposits in bank balances of $33.3 million which are earning 0.24% and thus driving down the overall yield on 
earning assets.  

The current low market interest rate environment has had a positive impact on net interest income in previous years because the 

Company’s balance sheet is liability sensitive which typically results in our average cost of funds decreasing faster than the average 
yield on interest earning assets in a declining rate environment.  In 2011, we have not recognized this benefit to the same degree, as 
deposit interest rates are at historic lows and have essentially reached a threshold in which they cannot reasonably be further reduced.  
However, the total cost of funds did decrease 35 basis points in 2011 compared to 2010, due in part to a shift from high cost CDs and 
FHLB borrowed funds into demand deposit and money market accounts.  In addition, average non-interest-bearing demand deposit 
balances increased by $24.8 million in 2011 compared to 2010, further reducing our cost of funds.   

Compared to cost of funds, the decrease in earning asset yield was more significant at 65 basis points in 2011 compared to 2010.  

The investment securities portfolio recognized the most significant decrease of 74 basis points in 2011, mainly because of the 
Company deploying cash into investment security purchases, which have historically low yields.  The yield on loans has remained 
more stable, with a reduction of 21 basis points for 2011 compared to 2010, partly as a result of the significant portion of our loans 
that are at their contractual rate floors.  In addition, the large majority of our variable loans are tied to the U.S. Treasury Constant 
Maturity Indices with repricing intervals between one and five years. 

Changes in volume resulted in an increase in net interest income (FTE) of $324,000 for the year of 2011 compared to the year 

2010, and changes in interest rates and the mix resulted in a decrease in net interest income (FTE) of $131,000 for the year 2011 
versus the year 2010.  Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin.   

Market rates are in part based on the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee ("FOMC") target Federal funds interest rate (the 
interest  rate  banks  charge  each  other  for  short-term  borrowings).  The  change  in  the  Federal  funds  sold  and  purchased  rates  is  the 
result of target rate changes implemented by the FOMC.  In 2008, there were seven downward adjustments to the target rate totaling 
325 basis points, bringing the target interest rate to a historic low with a range of 0% to 0.25% where it remained as of December 
2011. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis 

The following table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the 
Company for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, information is provided on 
changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates (change in 
rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been 
allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the changes due to volume and rate prior to the 
allocation. 

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
 2011 vs. 2010 
Increases (Decreases) 
 Due to Change In 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
 2010 vs. 2009 
Increases (Decreases) 
 Due to Change In 

Volume 

Rate 

Total 

Volume 

Rate 

Total 

$ 

(1,083) 

$ 

(834) 

$ 

(1,917) 

$ 

(950) 

$ 

(247) 

$ 

(1,197) 

19  

1,190  

22  

58  

206  

62 

(513) 

1 

0 

81 

677 

23 

58 

(1) 

(53) 

14  

31  

0  

(292) 

0  

6  

(1) 

(345) 

14 

37 

(1,284) 

(1,078) 

(959) 

(533) 

(1,492) 

$ 

214   $ 

(821) 

$ 

20  

15  

(87) 

(63) 

(217) 

(118) 

(73) 

(13) 

(67) 

(136) 

(43) 

(1,153) 

(1,271) 

(607) 

(53) 

2 

(154) 

(199) 

(260) 

$ 

393   $ 

(1,473) 

$ 

(1,080) 

13  

8  

(155) 

(296) 

(387) 

(424) 

(94) 

(46) 

(491) 

(223) 

30  

(81) 

(38) 

(646) 

(519) 

(357) 

(2,297) 

(2,721) 

Interest income: 

Net loans (1) 

Securities of U.S. government agencies 

Other Investment securities 

Federal funds sold 

Interest-earning deposits 

        Total interest income 

Interest expense: 

Money market deposits 

Super NOW deposits 

Savings deposits 

Time certificates of $100,000 or more 

Other time deposits 

Other borrowings 

        Total interest expense 

Change in net interest income 

$ 

324   $ 

(131) 

$ 

193 

$ 

(535) 

$ 

1,764   $ 

1,229 

(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.  

Provision for Loan Losses 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company establishes an allowance for loan losses through charges to 

earnings, which are shown in the statements of operations as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable 
losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that it 
considers to be adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management determines the level of the allowance 
by performing a quarterly analysis that considers concentrations of credit, past loss experience, current economic conditions, the 
amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including nonperforming and potential problem loans), estimated fair value of 
underlying collateral, and other information relevant to assessing the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio such as for example 
loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, and delinquencies. As a result of management’s 
analysis, a range of the potential amount of the allowance for loan losses is determined. 

The provision for loan losses was $1,500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $4,020,000 for the year end 
December 31, 2010.  Nonperforming loans were $7.23 million at December 31, 2011 and $11.47 million at December 31, 2010, or 
1.83% and 2.84%, respectively, of total loans. Nonperforming loans are primarily in nonperforming real estate construction and 
development loans. The allowance for loan losses was $8.61 million and $8.25 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, or 2.17% and 
2.04%, respectively, of total loans. Net charge-offs were $1,146,000 in 2011 compared to $2,785,000 in 2010.  The relatively high 

29 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
level of net charge-offs for 2011 and 2010 as compared to all prior years was primarily due to the economic downturn and the effect 
on the housing market. 

The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and make additions to the allowance in 
accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance 
for loan losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance. 

Noninterest Income 

Noninterest income was $2.75 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $2.77 million for the year 2010.  In 
2011, other income decreased by $66,000, which was partially attributable to a checking cash back reward program expense accrual of 
$100,000 posted to other income as a contra account which offset the increase of $133,000 in bank debit card fees.  Also contributing 
to the decrease in noninterest income was a decrease of $57,000 in rental income on banked owned properties and a decrease of 
$113,000 from gains on called available for sale securities, as compared to 2010.  Service charge income increased to $1.12 million 
for the year 2011 compared to $1.07 million for the year 2010 as a result of the increase in the aggregate number of deposit accounts 
of 9.8% to 22,371 at December 31, 2011, as compared to 20,379 accounts as of December 31, 2010.  The Company continues to 
evaluate its deposit product offerings with the intention of continuing to expand its offerings to the consumer and business depositors. 

Noninterest Income 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 
Mortgaged commissions 
Other income 
Total 

Average assets 
Noninterest income as a % of average assets 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(Amount) 

(%) 

(Amount) 

(%) 

1,120  

432  
104  
1,095  
2,751  

40.7 %  $ 

15.7 % 
3.8 % 
39.8 % 
100.00 %  $ 

1,065   

436   
108   
1,161   
2,770   

38.5 %

15.7 %
3.9 %
41.9 %
100.00 %

572,903  

   $ 

524,969   

0.5 % 

0.5%

$

$

$

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Expense 

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods indicated: 

Noninterest Expense 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expenses 
Data processing fees 

OREO expenses 

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFI) 
Other operating expenses 

Total 

Average assets 
Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(Amount) 

(%) 

(Amount) 

(%) 

9,326  

2,829  
1,016  

389  

642  
3,192  

53.6 %  $ 
16.3 % 
5.8 % 

2.2 % 
3.7 % 
18.4 % 

8,457  

2,700  
947  

638  

1,051  
2,983  

50.4% 

16.1% 
5.6% 

3.8% 

6.3% 
17.8% 

17,394  

100.0 %  $ 

16,776  

100.0% 

572,903  

$ 

524,969  

3.0 % 

3.5% 

$

$

$

Noninterest expense was $17,394,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $618,000 or 3.7% compared to 

$16,776,000 for the year ended 2010.   

Salaries and employee benefits increased by $869,000 in 2011 to $9,326,000 as a result of hiring staff for two new branches 

opened in 2011 and additional bonus accruals corresponding to the Company’s performance metrics.  The two new branches also 
resulted in an increase of $129,000 in occupancy expenses in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily from building lease expense and 
building depreciation, as one of the branches was leased on the other was purchased. 

Data  processing  costs  increased  in  2011  over  2010  by  $69,000,  reflecting  the  additional  costs  that  related  to  the  increased 

number of deposit accounts. 

Other expenses recognized an increase in 2011 compared to 2010 of $209,000 as a result of overhead expenses from our new 

branches and various costs associated with the expansion of products and services.   

OREO expenses decreased by $249,000 to $389,000 in 2011, compared to $638,000 in 2010.  Included within these totals are 

OREO write downs of $291,000 in 2011 compared to $424,000 in 2010.  The remaining expense included in OREO expenses is 
attributed to general overhead such as property taxes and utilities associated with the properties classified as other real estate owned.  
There was one sale of an OREO property recorded in 2011 which reduced our OREO inventory from three properties as of December 
31, 2010 to two properties as of December 31, 2011.  The Company did not acquire any additional OREO during 2011.  

FDIC and DFI (California Department of Financial Institutions) regulatory assessments decreased by $409,000 to $642,000 
in 2011 compared to $1,051,000 in 2010.  The initial base assessment rate for financial institutions varies based on the overall risk 
profile of the institution as defined by the FDIC.  The decrease in 2011 is due to a lower base assessment rate as the Company has 
improved its overall risk ratings.  The decrease in expense was in spite of a higher deposit base in 2011 as compared to 2010, as the 
FDIC assessment rates are applied to average quarterly deposits as the primary basis. 

 Management anticipates that noninterest expense will continue to increase as we continue to grow, even though management 
also estimates that the Company’s administration as currently set up may be scalable to handle a larger deposit base of up to around 
$1B in deposits.  However, management remains committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a 
minimum relative to growth. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes 

We reported a provision for income taxes of $3,176,000 and $2,353,000 for the years 2011 and 2010 respectively.  The effective 

income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 35.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 33.7% for the 
year 2010.  These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based 
upon reported pre-tax income, and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting 
purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans).  The disparity between the effective 
tax rates in 2011 as compared to 2010 is primarily due to tax credits from California Enterprise Zones and low income housing 
projects as well as tax free-income on loans within these enterprise zones and municipal securities and loans that comprise a larger 
proportion of pre-tax income in 2010 as compared to 2011. We have not been subject to an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") during 
these periods. 

Financial Condition 

The Company’s total assets were $612.2 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $552.4 million at December 31, 2010, an 

increase of $59.8 million or 10.8%. Net loans decreased $8.2 million, investments increased $36.4 million, bank premises and 
equipment increased $3.3 million and interest receivable and other assets decreased $3.3 million, while cash and cash equivalents 
increased $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010. 

Loans gross of the allowance for loan losses and deferred fees were $396.2 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $404.2 

million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $8.0 million or 2.0%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $6.7 million or 
2.0% in commercial real estate loans and a decrease of $4.7 million in agriculture loans.  These were offset by increases of $1.2 
million in commercial and industrial loans and an increase of $2.0 million in consumer loans and consumer residential loans.  The 
composition of the loan portfolio categories remained relatively unchanged as a percentage of total loans, except for agriculture loans 
which recognized the highest change from 3.4% at December 31, 2010 to 2.3% at December 31, 2011.   

Deposits increased $59.5 million or 12.5% to $536.2 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $476.7 million at December 31, 

2010. All deposit types increased except for time deposits which decreased by $12.9 million.  All other deposits increased, including 
demand deposit accounts which recognized a $27.7 million increase.  Money market, NOW and Savings each increased by $32.2 
million, $11.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively. 

Short-term borrowings decreased $2.0 million to $3.0 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $5.0 million at December 31, 
2010 and long-term debt decreased from $3.0 million at December 31, 2010 to zero at December 31, 2011. The decrease in short-term 
and long-term debt was due to the deposit growth of $59.5 million.  This allowed us to pay off matured FHLB advances thus reducing 
our cost of funds and improving our liquidity ratio. The Company uses short-term borrowings, primarily short-term FHLB advances, 
to fund short-term liquidity needs and manage net interest margin. 

Equity increased $5.7 million or 8.9% to $70.4 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $64.7 million at December 31, 2010.  

The Company was selected to participate in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program (“TCPP”) which resulted in the issuance of 
$13.5 million in preferred stock in December 2008.  In August 2011, the Company repurchased these Series A preferred stock shares 
and simultaneously issued $13,500,000 in Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury under the Small Business Lending Funding 
(“SBLF”) program.  Subsequently, the Company fully redeemed a warrant to purchase 350,346 shares of its Common Stock, at the 
exercise price of $5.78 per share that the Company had granted to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the TCPP, for a purchase price of 
$560,000, which settled in September 2011.  So long as the preferred stock remains outstanding under SBLF, it will pay quarterly 
cumulative dividends at a variable rate between 1% and 5% per year for the first 2.5 years depending on growth of our small business 
loan portfolio.  If there is no loan growth after 2.5 years, the dividend rate could increase to 7% and if the preferred stock remains 
outstanding after 4.5 years, the rate increases to 9%, regardless of loan growth.  The Company intends to use the capital to increase 
credit availability to local, creditworthy, businesses and consumers. The securities issued to the Treasury will be accounted for as 
components of regulatory Tier 1 capital.  See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report for further 
discussion regarding our participation in the TCPP. 

Investment Activities 

Investments are a key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is set in accordance with 
strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing 
deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk 
management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits 
and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions 

The Company holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to 

help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested.  As of 
December 31, 2011, and 2010, we had $27.9 million and $40.8 million, respectively, in federal funds sold. 

Investment Securities 

Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an 
interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities 
that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as 
available-for-sale.  Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying values of available-for-
sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an 
after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income. 

Our investment securities holdings increased by $36.4 million, or 68.4%, to $89.7 million at December 31, 2011, compared 
to holdings of $53.3 million at December 31, 2010.  Total investment securities as a percentage of total assets increased to 14.7% as of 
December 31, 2011 compared to 9.6% at December 31, 2010.  As of December 31, 2010, $53.4 million of the investment securities 
were pledged to secure public deposits. 

As of December 31, 2011, the total unrealized loss on securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous 

months was $209,000 with an aggregate fair value of $6,353,000.  There were no securities in a loss position for greater than 12 
continuous months. 

The following table summarizes the book value and market value and distribution of our investment securities as of the 

dates indicated: 

Investment Securities Portfolio 

As of December 31, 2011 

As of December 31, 2010 

As of December 31, 2009 

Amortized 
 Cost 

Market  
Value 

Amortized 
 Cost 

Market 
Value 

Amortized 
 Cost 

Market 
Value 

$ 

52,102 

$ 

54,809 

$ 

28,679 

$ 

30,190 

$ 

29,475 

$ 

30,985 

11,366 

15,660 

1,236 

0 
  2,000  

  2,759  

12,095 

16,972 

1,237 

0 
 1,814 

 2,768 

7,947 

9,871 

1,517 

0 
0 

8,137 

10,800 

1,506 

0 
0 

  2,631 

 2,635 

2,885 

12,328 

1,589 

82 
0 

1546 

2,995 

13,557 

1,579 

83 
0 

1566 

Dollars in Thousands 

Available-for-Sale: 
Securities of U.S. government 
agencies 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipal securities 

SBA Pools 

 Asset Backed Security 
Corporate debt 

 Mutual Fund 

Total investment securities 

$ 

85,123 

$ 

89,695 

   $ 

50,645 

$ 

53,268 

   $ 

47,905 

$ 

50,765 

At December 31, 2011, there were no securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. Management 
periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is 
temporary or other than temporary. Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The 
unrealized losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that 
we will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment 
security.  As of December 31, 2011, we did not have any investment securities that constituted 10% or more of the stockholders’ 
equity of any third party issuer. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our investment securities at their amortized cost and 

their weighted average yields at December 31, 2011: 

Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Afte r O ne But

Afte r Five  But

Within O ne  Ye ar

Within Five  Ye ar

Within Te n Ye ars

Afte r Ten Years

Total

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yield

Amount

Yie ld

Available-for-sale :

Securities of U.S. government 
agencies

Collateralized mortgage 
obligations

$ 11,173

1.01 % $

4,718

4.13 % $ 12,994

4.34 % $ 23,216

3.90 % $ 52,101

3.41 %

0

0.00 %

0

0.00 %

0

0.00 %

11,366

3.65 %

11,366

3.65 %

Municipal securities

2,962

5.87 %

3,565

5.15 %

9,134

3.67 %

0

0.00 %

15,661

4.42 %

SBA Pools

Corporate debt

Mutual Fund

0

0

0

0.00 %

0.00 %

0.00 %

0

0

0

0.00 %

0

0.00 %

1,236

1.00 %

0.00 %

2,000

4.00 %

0

0.00 %

1,236

2,000

1.00 %

4.00 %

0.00 %

0

0.00 %

2,759

0.00 %

2,759

0.00 %

T otal Investment Securities

$ 14,135

2.03 % $

8,283

4.57 % $ 24,128

4.06 % $ 38,577

3.96 % $ 85,123

3.50 %

Interest income and yields in the above table have not been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis. 

Loans 

The following table sets forth the amount of total loans outstanding (excluding unearned income) and the percentage distributions 

in each category, as of the dates indicated. 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

   Commercial real estate 

$ 

330,045 

$ 

336,730 

$ 

353,171 

$ 

   354,401   $ 

   303,723 

Commercial and industrial 

   Consumer 

Consumer residential 

   Agriculture 

Unearned income 

32,018 

1,213 

23,871 

9,056 

(634) 

30,756 

1,242 

21,844 

13,622 

(733) 

38,160 

1,351 

20,117 

12,828 

(811) 

37,302  

1,281  

21,613  

13,580  

(1,035) 

45,497 

1,414 

17,986 

19,189 

(1,038) 

   Total Loans, net of unearned income 

$ 

395,569 

$ 

403,461 

$ 

424,816 

$ 

427,142   $ 

386,771 

Participation loans sold and serviced by 
the Bank 

9,283 

9,283 

14,907 

9,759  

1,314 

   Commercial real estate: 

83.5% 

83.5% 

83.1% 

83.0% 

Commercial and Industrial 

   Consumer 

Consumer residential 

   Agriculture 

Unearned income 

   Total Loans, net of unearned income 

8.1% 

0.3% 

6.0% 

2.3% 

(0.2%) 

100.0% 

7.6% 

0.3% 

5.4% 

3.4% 

(0.2%) 

100.0% 

34 

9.0% 

0.3% 

4.7% 

3.0% 

(0.2%) 

100.0% 

8.7% 

0.3% 

5.1% 

3.2% 

(0.2%) 

100.0% 

78.5% 

11.8% 

0.4% 

4.7% 

5.0% 

(0.3%) 

100.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Commercial real estate loans decreased $6.7 million in 2011 as compared to 2010, as a result of the decline in demand by 
qualified borrowers in our serving area. Of the commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2010, 62.7% are non-owner occupied and 
37.3% are owner occupied. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is weighted towards term loans for which the primary source of 
repayment is cash flow from net operating income of the real estate property.  

Commercial and industrial loans increased $1.3 million in 2011 as compared to 2010, as a result of our reassessment of the 
commercial and industrial lending market, specifically asset-based lines of credit. We have historically targeted well-established local 
businesses with strong guarantors that have proven to be resilient in periods of economic stress. 

Our  residential  loan  portfolio  includes  no  sub-prime  loans,  nor  is  it  our  normal  practice  to  underwrite  loans  commonly 
referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores 
or  collateral  compositions  reflecting  high  loan-to-value  ratios.  However,  substantially  all  of  our  residential  loans  are  indexed  to 
Treasury Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates. 

The following table summarizes our commercial real estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property 

is located as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Commercial Real Estate Loans Outstanding by Geographic Location 

$ 

Commercial real estate loans by 
geographic location (County) 
Stanislaus 
San Joaquin 
Tuolumne 
Mono 
Alameda 
Sacramento 
Inyo 
Fresno 
Merced 
Madera 
Calaveras 
Contra Costa 
Marin 
Santa Clara 
Tulare 
Los Angeles 
Other 

Total 

$ 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

% of  
Commercial  
Real Estate 
Loans 

Amount 

% of  
Commercial  
Real Estate 
Loans 

Amount 

140,679 
60,607 
23,763 
14,363 
14,346 
11,055 
9,234 
8,333 
7,568 
7,235 
6,715 
5,934 
3,890 
3,674 
3,503 
23 
9,123 

330,045 

$ 

42.6% 
18.4% 
7.2% 
4.4% 
4.3% 
3.3% 
2.8% 
2.5% 
2.3% 
2.2% 
2.0% 
1.8% 
1.2% 
1.1% 
1.1% 
0.0% 
2.8% 

100.0% 

$ 

148,562  
58,248  
26,222  
18,208  
10,653  
11,376  
9,514  
8,640  
8,911  
7,318  
812  
6,076  
3,937  
3,904  
3,951  
6,247  
4,151  

336,730  

44.1% 
17.3% 
7.8% 
5.4% 
3.2% 
3.4% 
2.8% 
2.6% 
2.6% 
2.2% 
0.2% 
1.8% 
1.2% 
1.1% 
1.2% 
1.9% 
1.2% 

100.0% 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Construction and land loans are classified as commercial real estate loans and decreased $7.4 million in 2011 as compared to 
2010, primarily due to the successful completion and sell-through of construction development projects booked in prior years, a slow 
down  in  construction  activity  (primarily  residential  development),  as  well  as  a  conscious  effort  to  reduce  our  concentration  in 
construction loans.  The table below shows an analysis of construction loans by type and location. Non-owner-occupied land loans of 
$9.5 million at December 31, 2011 included loans for lands specified for commercial development of $6.2 million and for residential 
development of $3.3 million, the majority of which are located in Stanislaus County. 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

% of  
Construction 
Loans 

Amount 

% of 
Construction 
Loans 

Amount 

Construction loans by type 
Single family non-owner-occupied 
Single family owner-occupied 
Commercial non-owner-occupied 
Commercial owner-occupied 
Land non-owner-occupied 
Land owner-occupied 

$ 

7,656 
1,354 
5,373 
212 
9,528 
1,108 

   $ 

30.3% 
5.4% 
21.3% 
0.8% 
37.8% 
4.4% 

Total 

$ 

25,231 

100.0% 

$ 

2,663  
1,342  
8,217  
1,448  
17,699  
1,276  

32,645  

8.2% 
4.1% 
25.2% 
4.4% 
54.2% 
3.9% 

100.0% 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Construction loans by  
geographic location (County) 
Stanislaus 
Mono 
Sutter 
Tuolumne 
San Joaquin 
Contra Costa 
Inyo 
Tulare 
Fresno 
Other 

Total 

% of  
Construction 
Loans 

Amount 

% of 
Construction 
Loans 

Amount 

$ 

$ 

11,940 
3,227 
3,050 
2,074 
1,912 
1,479 
965 
332 
0 
252 

25,231 

   $ 

47.3% 
12.8% 
12.1% 
8.2% 
7.6% 
5.9% 
3.8% 
1.3% 
0.0% 
1.0% 

100.0% 

$ 

13,984  
6,814  
0  
913  
0  
1,539  
414  
736  
8,217  
28  

32,645  

42.8% 
20.9% 
0.0% 
2.8% 
0.0% 
4.7% 
1.3% 
2.2% 
25.2% 
0.1% 

100.0% 

36 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Maturities 

The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the outstanding loans in our 

portfolio, as of December 31, 2011. In addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with variable or floating 
interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates. The large majority of the variable rate loans are tied to independent 
indices (such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Substantially all loans with an original term 
of more than five years have provisions for the fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial & Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Unearned income 

Total loans, net of unearned income 

Loans with variable (floating) interest rates 

Loans with predetermined (fixed) interest 
rates 

Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
At December 31, 2011 

 Within 
 One Year 

After One 
 But Within  
Five Years 

After  
Five Years 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

68,404 

21,910 

552 

1,794 

6,613 

(159) 

99,114 

78,785 

20,329 

$ 

207,848 

$ 

8,471 

589 

8,693 

1,658 

(361) 

226,898 

193,248 

33,650 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

53,793  

1,637  

72  

13,384  

785  

(114) 

69,557  

32,706  

36,851  

$ 

330,045 

32,018 

1,213 

23,871 

9,056 

(634) 

395,569 

304,739 

90,830 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Northern California. We employ strict guidelines regarding 

the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas. The recent decline in Northern California real estate value is offset by the 
low loan-to-value ratios in our commercial real estate portfolio and high percentage of owner-occupied properties. 

Nonperforming Assets 

Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk, and could potentially receive less than 

a full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of 
the Company and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Company's management of credit quality risk is focused primarily on 
loan quality. Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines as a result of customers' inability to generate sufficient 
cash flow to service their debts and/or downturns in national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall 
property values. In addition, certain debt securities that the Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the 
obligor's financial capacity to repay deteriorates. 

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, 

loans restructured, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal and 
other real estate owned (“OREO”). 

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan 

is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but 
collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some 
changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will 
eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar 
means and which management intends to offer for sale. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company had nonperforming loans of $7.23 million at December 31, 2011, as compared to $11.48 million at 

December 31, 2010, $14.42 million at December 31, 2009, $4.08 million at December 31, 2008 and $9.81 million at December 31, 
2007.  The ratio of nonperforming loans over total loans was 1.83%, 2.84%, 3.39%, 1.10% and 2.54% at December 31, 2011, 2010, 
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

In addition, the Company held two OREO properties with a market value of $0.2 million as of December 31, 2011 as 

compared to three OREO properties with a market value of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2010, six properties with a market value 
of $2.1 million as of December 31, 2009 and two properties with a market value of $2.7 million at December 31, 2008.  The Company 
did not possess any OREO as of December 31, 2007. 

Management believes that the reserve provided for nonperforming loans, together with the tangible collateral, were 

adequate as of December 31, 2011. See “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further discussion. Except as disclosed above, as of 
December 31, 2011, management was not aware of any material credit problems of borrowers that would cause it to have serious 
doubts about the ability of a borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms. However, no assurance can be given that credit 
problems may exist that may not have been brought to the attention of management, or that credit problems may arise. 

38 

 
 
 
 
The following table provides information with respect to the components of our nonperforming assets as of the dates 

indicated.  (The figures in the table are net of the portion guaranteed by the U.S. Government): 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans(1) 
Commercial real estate 

Commercial and  industrial 

Consumer 
Consumer residential 
Agriculture 

Total 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 

 (as to principal or interest): 

Commercial real estate 
Commercial and  industrial 
Consumer 

Consumer residential 
Agriculture 
Total 

Total nonperforming loans 

Other real estate owned 

Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing restructured loans(2) 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial and  industrial 
Consumer 

Consumer residential 
Agriculture 
Total 

Total impaired loans 

Nonperforming Assets 

2011 

2010 

At December 31, 2011 
2009 

2008 

2007 

$

$

$

$

$

7,129 $

11,253

$

12,701

  $

4,078

  $

9,087

104

0
0
0

222

0
0
0

488

0
0
1,229

0

0
0
0

0

0
0
0

7,233 $

11,475

$

14,418

  $

4,078

  $            9,087

  $

  $

  $

0 $
0
0

0
0
0

$

0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

7,233

11,475

14,418

244
7,477 $

778
12,253

0 $
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

$

$

2,150
16,568

0
0
0

0
0
0

  $

  $

  $

643
0
0

0
0
643

4,721

2,746
7,467

0
0
0

0
0
0

721
0
0

0
0
721

9,808

0
9,808

0
0
0

0
0
0

$

7,233 $

11,475 $

14,418

$

4,721

$

9,808 

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans 

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other real 

estate owned 

1.83% 

1.89%

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans 

119.03%

2.84%

3.39% 

1.10% 

2.54%

3.03%

71.94%

3.88% 

1.74% 

48.69% 

117.97% 

2.54%

45.95% 

(1) During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, no interest income related to these loans was included in net income 
while on nonaccrual status. Additional interest income of approximately $692,000 and $818,000 would have been recorded during the 
year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, if these loans had been paid in accordance with their original terms. 
(2) A “restructured loan” is one the terms of which were renegotiated to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because 
of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower.   

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses 

In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such 

charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend 
credits or letters of credit. The charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio are credited to the allowance for loan losses, whereas 
charges for off-balance sheet items are credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other 
liabilities. The provision for loan losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision for Loan Losses” above. 

The  balance  of  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  Management's  best  estimate  of  the  remaining  losses  inherent  in  the 
portfolio. The ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real estate 
market, changes in interest rate and economic and political environments.  

The current stagnant economic condition combined with growth of our loan portfolio in the past five years has required 

more reserves for probable loan losses. The allowance for loan losses increased by 4.3%, or $354,000, to $8.61 million at December 
31, 2011 as compared with $8.25 million at December 31, 2010. Such allowances were $7.02 million, $5.57 million and $4.51 million 
at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Due to loan growth and the current economic downturn’s effect on the financial 
stability of certain borrowers, the loan loss allowances have increased to maintain an adequate reserve as a percentage of total loans, 
as reflected in the ratios of 2.17%, 2.04%, 1.65%, 1.30% and 1.16%, at the end of 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  
Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, Management believes that the $8.61 million allowance for loan losses at 
December 31, 2011 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse 
economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio. 

In light of the current weakness in the economic environment, and specifically in the real estate construction sector, 

reserves have been increased to recognize such increased risk.  Diversification, low loan-to-values, strong credit quality and enhanced 
credit monitoring contribute to a reduction in the portfolio’s overall risk, and help to offset the economic risk.  The impact of the 
increasing economic weakness will continue to be monitored, and adjustments to the provision for loan loss will be made accordingly.  
The weak business climate adversely impacted the financial conditions of some of our clients and resulted in net loan charge-offs of 
$1,146,000, $2,785,000, $4,411,000, $1,110,000 and $397,000 in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced 

by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of 
such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions 
is not evidenced by a specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of 
the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance. Although management has allocated a portion of 
the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 

Although management believes the allowance at December 31, 2011 was adequate to absorb losses from any known and 
inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or other 
variables will not result in increased losses in the loan portfolio in the future. 

As of December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses consisted of amounts allocated to three phases of our methodology 

for assessing loan loss allowances, as follows (see details of methodology for assessing allowance for loan losses in the section 
entitled “Critical Accounting Policies”): 

Phase of Methodology (Dollars in Thousands) 

Specific review of individual loans  

Review of pools of loans with similar characteristics  

Judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors  

Years Ended December 31,  
2010 

2009 

2011 

$ 

$ 

551 

$ 

948 

$ 

6,091 

1,967 

8,609 

$ 

5,392 

1,915 

8,255 

$ 

1,256 

3,808 

1,956 

7,020 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Components of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

As stated previously in "Critical Accounting Policies," the overall allowance consists of a specific allowance for individually 
identified impaired loans, an allowance factor for categories of credits with similar characteristics and trends, and an allowance for 
changing environmental factors. 

The  first  component,  the  specific  allowance,  results  from  the  analysis  of  identified  problem  credits  and  the  evaluation  of 
sources of repayment including collateral, as applicable. Through Management's ongoing loan grading process, individual loans are 
identified that have conditions that indicate the borrower may be unable to pay all amounts due under the contractual terms. These 
loans are evaluated individually by Management and specified allowances for loan losses are established when the discounted cash 
flows  of  future  payments  or  collateral  value  of  collateral-dependent  loans  are  lower  than  the  recorded  investment  in  the  loan. 
Generally with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually. We may obtain 
appraisals  more  frequently  if  we  believe  the  collateral  value  is  subject  to  market  volatility,  if  a  specific  event  has  occurred  to  the 
collateral (e.g. tentative map has been filed), or if we believe foreclosure is imminent.  Impaired loan balances decreased from $11.5 
million  at  December  31,  2010  to  $7.2  million  at  December  31,  2011.  The  specific  allowance  totaled  $551,000  and  $948,000  at 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as we charge off substantially all of our estimated losses related to specifically identified 
impaired loans as the losses are identified. 

The  second  component,  the  allowance  factor,  is  an  estimate  of  the  probable  inherent  losses  in  each  loan  pool  stratified  by 
major categories or loans with similar characteristics in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses segmenting and reviewing loan 
grades by pool and current general economic and business conditions. Confirmation of the quality of our grading process is obtained 
by  independent  reviews  conducted by  consultants  specifically  hired  for  this  purpose  and  by  various  bank regulatory  agencies.  This 
analysis covers our entire loan portfolio but excludes any loans that were analyzed individually for specific allowances as discussed 
above. There are limitations to any credit risk grading process. The number of loans makes it impractical to review every loan every 
quarter. Therefore, it is possible that in the future some currently performing loans not recently graded will not be as strong as their 
last grading and an insufficient portion of the allowance will have been allocated to them. Grading and loan review often must be done 
without  knowing  whether  all  relevant  facts  are  at  hand.  Troubled  borrowers  may  deliberately  or  inadvertently  omit  important 
information  from  reports  or  conversations  with  lending  officers  regarding  their  financial  condition  and  the  diminished  strength  of 
repayment sources. 

The total amount allocated for the second component is determined by applying loss estimation factors to outstanding loans. 
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the allowance allocated by categories of credits totaled $6.1 million and $5.4 million, respectively. 
The  increase  mainly  related  to  increased  allowance  factors  for  land  loans  related  to  the  construction  of  residential  subdivisions, 
commercial quick-qualifier loans and manufactured home loans, recognizing increased risk for these types of loans, as well as loan 
growth. 

The  third  component  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  an  economic  component  that  is  not  allocated  to  specific  loans  or 
groups  of  loans,  but  rather  is  intended  to  absorb  losses  caused  by  portfolio  trends,  concentration  of  credit,  growth,  and  economic 
trends,  as  stated  previously  in  "Critical  Accounting  Policies".  At  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  the  general  valuation  allowance, 
including the economic component, totaled $2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Starting in late 2008, we witnessed financial 
difficulties  experienced  by  borrowers  in  our  market,  where  real  estate  sale  prices  have  declined  and  holding  periods  have 
increased.  The  U.S.  economy  is  still  experiencing  significantly  reduced  business  activity  as  a  result  of,  among  other  factors, 
disruptions in the financial system, dramatic declines in the housing prices, and an increasing unemployment rate.  There have been 
significant  reductions  in  spending  by  consumers  and  businesses.  In  response  to  this,  we  have  been  proactive  in  evaluating  reserve 
percentages  for  economic  and  other  qualitative  loss  factors  used  to  determine  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  The 
increase to the third component of the allowance for loan losses reflected such evaluation. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, loan balances at the end of each period, the daily averages during 

the period, changes in the allowance for loan losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged off, 
additions to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance for loan losses: 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
(in thousands) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Balances: 

Average total loans outstanding during period 

$ 

394,130 

$ 

411,590 

Total loans outstanding at end of period 

396,202 

404,194 

Allowance for loan losses: 

Balances at beginning of period 

$ 

8,255 

$ 

7,020 

$ 

$ 

$ 

426,748 

425,627 

5,569 

$ 

$ 

$ 

400,821 

428,177 

4,507 

$ 

$ 

$ 

381,316 

386,771 

4,341 

Actual charge-offs: 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Total charge-offs 

Recoveries on loans previously charged off: 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Total recoveries 

1,108 

2,696 

44 

7 

38 

52 

1 

43 

0 

3,524 

871 

0 

24 

0 

1,062 

11 

0 

42 

0 

1,197 

2,792 

4,419 

1,115 

30 

14 

6 

1 

0 

51 

0 

2 

5 

0 

0 

7 

0 

0 

0 

8 

0 

8 

0 

0 

0 

5 

0 

5 

Net loan charge-offs 

1,146 

2,785 

4,411 

1,110 

Provision for loan losses 

1,500 

4,020 

5,862 

Reclassification of reserve related to off-balance-sheet 
commitments 

0 

0 

0 

2,188 

(16) 

366 

0 

0 

35 

0 

402 

0 

0 

0 

5 

0 

5 

397 

555 

8 

Balance at end of period 

$ 

8,609 

$ 

8,255 

$ 

7,020 

$ 

5,569 

$ 

4,507 

Ratios: 

Net loan charge-offs to average total loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period 

Net loan charge-offs to allowance for loan losses at end of 
period 

Net loan charge-offs to provision for loan losses 

0.29% 

2.17% 

13.31% 

76.40% 

0.68% 

2.04% 

33.74% 

69.28% 

1.03% 

1.65% 

62.83% 

75.25% 

0.28% 

1.30% 

19.93% 

50.73% 

0.10% 

1.16% 

8.81% 

71.57% 

42 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The table below summarizes the allowance for loan loss balance by type of loan balance at the end of each period (See 

“Loan Portfolio” above for a description of each type of loan balance): 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

Amount Outstanding as of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

2008 

2007 

Applicable to: 

Commercial real estate 

$ 

6,969 

$ 

6,577 

$ 

5,845 

$ 

4,364 

$ 

3,403 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Unallocated 

606 

65 

348 

363 

258 

686 

61 

375 

153 

403 

649 

44 

202 

142 

138 

732 

34 

193 

127 

119 

642 

25 

117 

183 

137 

Total Allowance 

$ 

8,609 

$ 

8,255 

$ 

7,020 

$ 

5,569 

$ 

4,507 

Other Earning Assets 

For various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than the interest-earning securities discussed 
above. Before 2007, the only other earning assets held by us were insignificant amounts of Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal 
Reserve Bank stock and the cash surrender value on the Company Owned Life Insurances (“BOLI”).  

During 2007, we invested in a low-income housing tax credit funds (“LIHTCF”) to promote our participation in CRA 
activities. We committed to invest $1 million over a three year period, which was fully funded by the year 2009.  We receive the 
return in the form of tax credits and tax deductions which began in 2007 and are expected to continue through the year 2022.  The $1 
million contribution is being amortized to other expenses over a term of 15 years, commensurate with the benefits received.   

The balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows: 

Dollars in Thousands 

Type 

BOLI 
LIHTCF 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds 

Deposits 

Balance as of  
December 31, 2011 

Balance as of  
December 31, 2010 

$
$

$

$

11,256   $ 
636   $ 

1,162   $ 

2,832   $ 

11,099  
703  

1,159  

3,381  

Total deposits at December 31, 2011, and 2010 were $536.2 million, and $476.7 million, respectively, representing an 

increase of $59.5 million or 12.5% in 2011. The average deposits for the years ended December 31, 2011 increased $56.1 million or 
12.8% to $495.9 million compared to $439.8 million at December 31, 2010. 

Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. Due to strategic emphasis by management, core deposits (based on 

definition provided by FDIC’s UBPR) increased by 13.9% in 2011 to $525.3 million at December 31, 2011.  As a result, the 
percentage of core deposits to total deposits increased to 98.0% at December 31, 2011 as compared to 96.8% at December 31, 2010.  
The average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more was 1.01% and 1.20% for the years ended December 31, 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011 and 2010, respectively.  The composition and cost of the Company's deposit base are important components in analyzing the 
Company's net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in greater detail in other 
sections herein.  See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” for further discussion. 

The Company's liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the 

propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic 
conditions in California and the Company's market area in particular, continue to weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a 
financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $100,000, as 
customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances 

The following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the average daily rates paid for the periods 

indicated: 

Distribution of Average Daily Deposits 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

2011 

Average Deposits 
2010 

2009 

Dollars in Thousands 

Average 
 Balance 

Average 
 Rate 

Average 
 Balance 

Average 
 Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
 Rate 

Demand, noninterest-bearing 

$ 

101,599 

0.00% 

   $ 

76,820 

0.00% 

   $ 

62,874 

Money market 

NOW 

Savings 
Time certificates of deposit of 
$100,000 or more 

Other time deposits 

Total deposits 

245,815 

66,157 

18,389 

35,172 

28,755 

0.31% 

0.20% 

0.35% 

1.01% 

0.90% 

212,621 

59,617 

14,963 

42,352 

33,383 

0.65% 

0.31% 

0.42% 

1.20% 

1.37% 

183,314 

56,921 

13,851 

48,912 

47,883 

$ 

495,887 

0.32% 

   $ 

439,756 

0.58% 

   $ 

413,755 

0.00% 

1.34% 

0.47% 

0.72% 

2.36% 

2.04% 

1.20% 

The scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or greater at December 31, 2011 are, as 

follows: 

Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Three months or less 

Over three months through six months 

Over six months through twelve months 

Over twelve months 

Total 

$

$

6,120  

8,870  

9,028  

13,426  

37,444  

Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are 

generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks.  Six of our clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total 
deposits, one of which had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits at December 31, 2011. 

The Company had $1.4 million and $3.8 million in brokered deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The 

only brokered deposits the Company holds are from CDARS and ICS, a certificate of deposit and money market account program, 
respectively, that exchanges funds with other network banks to offer full FDIC insurance coverage to the customer.   

44 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB Borrowings 

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business 

purposes, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) as an alternative to retail deposit 
funds. Our outstanding FHLB advances decreased by $5.0 million to $3.0 million at year-end 2011 compared to the prior year as a 
result of our emphasis on managing non-relationship, high cost CDs.  See “Liquidity Management” below for the details on the FHLB 
borrowings program. 

The following table is a summary of FHLB borrowings for fiscal years 2011 and 2010: 

Dollars in Thousands 

Balance at year-end 
Average balance during the year 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end 
Average interest rate during the year 
Average interest rate at year-end 

Return on Equity and Assets 

$
$

$

2011 

2010 

3,000   $ 
6,479   $ 

8,000   $ 
1.05% 
0.99% 

8,000  
19,161  

24,200  
1.71% 
1.10% 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our return on equity and assets for the periods indicated: 

Return on average assets 

Return on average common equity 

Dividend payout ratio 

Equity to assets ratio 

Deferred Compensation Obligations 

  At December 31, 2011 

  At December 31, 2010 

1.02 % 

8.67 % 

0.00 % 

11.50 % 

0.88%

7.65%

0.00%

11.69%

We maintain a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel.  Under this plan, 
participating  employees  may  defer  compensation,  which  will  entitle  them  to  receive  certain  payments  upon  retirement,  death,  or 
disability.  The  plan  provides  for  payments  commencing  upon  retirement  and  reduced  benefits  upon  early  retirement,  disability,  or 
termination of employment. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $7.4 million 
and $7.5 million, respectively. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

During the ordinary course of business, we provide various forms of credit lines to meet the financing needs of our 

customers. These commitments, which represent a credit risk to us, are not represented in any form on our balance sheets. 

As of December 31, 2011, and 2010, we had commitments to extend credit of $46.4 million and $59.9 million, 
respectively.  Obligations under standby letters of credit were $0.6 million and $1.4 million, for 2011, and 2010, respectively, and 
there were no obligations under commercial letters of credit for either period. 

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide 

credit cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used. For more information 
regarding our off balance sheet arrangements, see Note 15- Commitments and Other Contingencies- to our 2011 year-end consolidated 
financial statements located elsewhere in this report. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

The following chart summarizes certain contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands): 

Contractual Obligations 

FHLB borrowings 

Operating lease obligations 

Supplemental retirement plans 

Time deposit maturities 

Less than 1
Year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

More than 5 
years 

Total 

$ 

3,000    $

0    $

0 

$ 

0  

$

884  

12  

42,836  

1,725  

139  

13,060  

1,153 

194 

4,372 

1,986  

1,166   

0  

3,000   

5,748   

1,511   

60,268   

Total 

$ 

46,732    $

14,924    $

5,719 

$ 

3,152  

$

70,527  

As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain 
obligations to indemnify our current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, 
or was serving, at our request in such capacity.  We also have the power to similarly indemnify our current and former officers.  These 
indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably 
believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause 
to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under 
these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates our exposure 
and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.  We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification 
obligations is minimal. 

Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management 

Management seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and liabilities as a vehicle to attain our 
overall business plans and objectives. In this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk, interest rate 
risk and market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit risk. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity to meet borrowers’ credit and depositors’ withdrawal demands is provided by maturing assets, short-term liquid assets 
that can be converted to cash and the ability to attract funds from depositors. Additional sources of liquidity may include institutional 
deposits, advances from the FHLB and other short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased. 

Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a consistent 
source of funds.  The only brokered deposit the Company holds are from CDARS and ICS, a certificate of deposit and money market 
program, respectively, that exchanges funds with other network banks to offer full FDIC insurance coverage to the customer.  The 
Company had $1.4 million and $3.8 million in brokered deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet 

deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio and stock issued 
by the FHLB. The FHLB determines limitations on the amount of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan category 
that will count towards the borrowing capacity.  At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had total FHLB 
advances outstanding of $3.0 million and $8.0 million which equaled 2% and 7% of our borrowing capacity, respectively.  At 
December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had sufficient collateral to borrow an additional $130.3 million and $113.9 
million, respectively.  In addition, the Company had lines of credit with its correspondent banks to purchase overnight federal funds 
totaling $25 million and $15 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  No advances were made on these lines of credit as 
of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. 

Oak Valley Bancorp’s liquidity depends primarily on dividends paid to it as sole shareholder of the Company. The Company’s 

ability to pay dividends to Oak Valley Bancorp without regulatory approval will depend on whether the Company will be in a position 
to pay dividends. 

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all time to meet our cash flow 

requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets 
into cash or cash equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive 
additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities available for 
sale. Our liquid assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled approximately $197.7 million and $129.0 million, respectively.  Our 
liquidity level measured as the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 32.3% and 23.3% at December 31, 2011, and 2010, 
respectively. 

Capital Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements 

In the past two years, our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income through retained 

earnings. At December 31, 2011, total shareholders’ equity increased to $70.4 million, representing an increase of $5.7 million from 
December 31, 2010.   

In December 2008, the Company was selected to participate in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program which 
demonstrated the confidence the U.S. Treasury Department has in the stability of the Company. The Company issued $13.5 million in 
Series A preferred stock.  In August 2011, the Company repurchased these Series A preferred stock shares and simultaneously issued 
$13,500,000 in Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury under the Small Business Lending Funding (“SBLF”) program.  
Subsequently, the Company fully redeemed a warrant to purchase 350,346 shares of its Common Stock, at the exercise price of $5.78 
per share that the Company had granted to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the TCPP, for a purchase price of $560,000, which settled in 
September 2011.  So long as the preferred stock remains outstanding under SBLF, it will pay quarterly cumulative dividends at a 
variable rate between 1% and 5% per year for the first 2.5 years depending on growth of our small business loan portfolio.  If there is 
no loan growth after 2.5 years, the dividend rate could increase to 7% and if the preferred stock remains outstanding after 4.5 years, 
the rate increases to 9%, regardless of loan growth.  The Company intends to use the capital to increase credit availability to local, 
creditworthy, businesses and consumers. The securities issued to the Treasury are accounted for as components of regulatory Tier 1 
capital. 

As of December 31, 2011, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures other than the Series B Preferred Stock 

dividend payments due to the U.S. Treasury under the SBLF program. 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet 

minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and 
operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific 
capital guidelines that rely on quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under 
regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. (See “Description of Business-Regulation and Supervision-Capital Adequacy 
Requirements” herein for exact definitions and regulatory capital requirements.) 

As of December 31, 2011, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action. The following table presents the regulatory standards for well-capitalized institutions, compared to the Bank’s 
capital ratios as of the dates specified: 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets 
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets 
Tier I capital to average assets 

Market Risk 

Regulatory Well- 
Capitalized Standards

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

10.0% 
6.0% 
5.0% 

16.2 % 
14.9 % 
11.4 % 

14.9 %
13.7 %
11.5 %

   Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values, or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price 
of  a  financial  instrument.  The  value  of  a  financial  instrument  may  change  as  a  result  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  foreign  currency 
exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is 
attributed  to  all  market  risk  sensitive  financial  instruments,  including  securities,  loans,  deposits  and  borrowings,  as  well  as  the 
Company's  role  as  a  financial  intermediary  in  customer-related  transactions.  The  objective  of  market  risk  management  is  to  avoid 
excessive exposure of the Company's earnings and equity to loss and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain financial instruments. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Management 

 Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. The Company's market 
risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk, and it has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and 
balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, nor does the 
Company have exposure to currency exchange rates. 

 The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as "asset/liability management") is to manage the 
financial components of the Company in a manner that will optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to 
changing  interest  rates.  The  Company's  exposure  to  market  risk  is  reviewed  on  a  regular  basis  by  the  Asset/Liability  Committee. 
Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a 
loss  of  future  net  interest  income  and/or  a  loss  of  current  fair  market  values.  The  objective  is  to  measure  the  effect  on  net  interest 
income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes 
certain  risks  are  inherent,  and  that  the  goal  is  to  identify  and  manage  the  risks.  Management  uses  two  methodologies  to  manage 
interest rate risk: (i) a standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model. 

  The planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management of an institution's net interest margin. To the 
extent maturities of assets and liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net interest margin may change over 
time. Even with perfectly matched repricing of assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment of loans or securities or in 
the  form  of  delays  in  the  adjustment  of  rates  of  interest  applying  to  either  earning  assets  with  floating  rates  or  to  interest  bearing 
liabilities. The Company has generally been able to control its exposure to changing interest rates by maintaining primarily floating 
interest rate loans and a majority of its time certificates with relatively short maturities. 

        Interest  rate  changes  do  not  affect  all  categories  of  assets  and  liabilities  equally  or  at  the  same  time.  Varying  interest  rate 
environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a significant effect on the 
net interest margin and are not reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap 
report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to changes in interest rates. 

        The  Company  uses  modeling  software  for  asset/liability  management  in  order  to  simulate  the  effects  of  potential  interest  rate 
changes on the Company's net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments under 
different  interest  rate  scenarios.  The  program  imports  current  balances,  interest  rates,  maturity  dates  and  repricing  information  for 
individual  financial  instruments,  and  incorporates  assumptions  on  the  characteristics  of  embedded  options  along  with  pricing  and 
duration for new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company's interest income and interest expense. 
Rate  scenarios  consisting  of  key  rate  and  yield  curve  projections  are  run  against  the  Company's  investment,  loan,  deposit  and 
borrowed funds portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down) and 
ramped (an incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), based on current trends and econometric models or 
stable economic conditions (unchanged from current actual levels). 

        The Company applies a market value ("MV") methodology to gauge its interest rate risk exposure as derived from its simulation 
model. Generally, MV is the discounted present value of the difference between incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets and 
other  investments  and  outgoing  cash  flows  on  interest-bearing  liabilities  and  other  liabilities.  The  application  of  the  methodology 
attempts to quantify interest rate risk as the change in the MV which would result from a theoretical 200 basis point (1 basis point 
equals  0.01%)  change  in  market  interest  rates.  Both  a  200  basis  point  increase  and  a  200  basis  point  decrease  in  market  rates  are 
considered. 

        At December 31, 2011, it was estimated that the Company's MV would decrease 15.46% in the event of an immediate 200 basis 
point increase in market interest rates. The Company's MV at the same date would increase 3.58% in the event of an immediate 200 
basis point decrease in applicable interest rates. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Presented below, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, is an analysis of the Company's interest rate risk as measured by changes in 
MV for instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts of applicable interest rates:  

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

Market Value as a % of     
Present Value of Assets 

Market Value as a % of     
Present Value of Assets 

$ Change 
in Market 
Value 

% Change 
in Market 
Value 

MV Ratio 

Change 
(bp) 

$ Change 
in Market 
Value 

% Change 
in Market 
Value 

MV Ratio 

Change 
(bp) 

Shock Scenario 
+200 bp 
+100 bp 
0 bp 
-100 bp 
-200 bp 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(12,150) 
(6,692) 
0  
9,306  
2,813  

(15.46)  % 
(8.52)  % 
0.00  % 
11.84  % 
3.58  % 

11.14  % 
11.80  % 
12.55  % 
13.70  % 
12.70  % 

(141) 
(75) 
0 
115 
15 

$
$
$
$
$

(9,372) 
(4,182) 
0 
6,744 
8,658 

(12.75)  % 
(5.69)  % 
0.00  % 
9.17  % 
11.78  % 

11.98  % 
12.69  % 
13.17  % 
14.02  % 
14.15  % 

(119) 
(48) 
0 
85 
98 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Management believes that the MV methodology overcomes three shortcomings of the typical maturity gap methodology. First, it 
does not use arbitrary repricing intervals and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because the MV method projects 
cash flows of each financial instrument under different interest rate environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on 
an  institution's  interest  rate  risk  exposure.  Third,  it  allows  interest  rates  on  different  instruments  to  change  by  varying  amounts  in 
response to a change in market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of cash flows. 

        However, as with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent to the MV methodology. The 
model  assumes  interest  rate  changes  are  instantaneous  parallel  shifts  in  the  yield  curve.  In  reality,  rate  changes  are  rarely 
instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate 
historic  rate  patterns,  which rarely  show parallel  yield  curve  shifts.  Further,  the  model  assumes  that  certain  assets  and  liabilities  of 
similar maturity or period to repricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain types of financial instruments 
may react in advance of changes in market rates, while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the change 
in  general  market  rates.  When  interest  rates  change,  actual  loan  prepayments  and  actual  early  withdrawals  from  certificates  may 
deviate significantly from the assumptions used in the model. Finally, this methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that 
higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients' ability to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in monitoring the 
Company's exposure to interest rate risk. 

Impact of Inflation; Seasonality 

Inflation primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is 

affected by changes in interest rates. We attempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through management of 
rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as 
well as noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in this report. Our business is generally not seasonal. 

49 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.  

Not required. 

 ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements and the Independent Auditors’ Report appear on pages F-1 through F-43 of this Report 

and are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference. 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Balance sheets 
Statements of earnings 
Statements of shareholders’ equity 
Statements of cash flows 
Notes to financial statements 

PAGE 

F-1 

F-2 

F-3 
F-4 
F-5 
F-6 
F-8 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the 
“Act”)) as of December 31, 2011. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that 
our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011. 

The term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information 

required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures 
include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports 
that we file or submit under the Act is accumulated and communicated to our Management, including our principal executive and 
principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure. 

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures.  These limitations 

include the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and reasonable resource 
constraints.  In addition, because we have designed our system of controls based on certain assumptions, which we believe are 
reasonable, about the likelihood of future events, our system of controls may not achieve its desired purpose under all possible future 
conditions.  Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance, but not absolute assurance, of 
achieving their objectives. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our Management’s report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the 

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  There are 
inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting.  These limitations include the 
possibility of human error, the circumvention of overriding of the system and reasonable resource constraints.  Because of its inherent 
limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of 
controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm 

regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent 
registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide 
only management’s report in this annual report. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 

that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  prior  to  the  2012  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders.    The Company and the Company have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all staff including the Chief 
Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided to any person, without charge, upon 
written request to Corporate Secretary, Oak Valley Bancorp, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance  

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 
10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the FDIC.  
Officers,  directors  and  greater  than  10%  shareholders  are  required  by  SEC  regulations  to  furnish  the  Company  with  copies  of  all 
Section 16(a) forms they file.   

Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons that no 
Forms 4 and 5 were required for those persons, the Company believes that for the 2011 fiscal year the officers and directors of the 
Company  complied  with  all  applicable  filing  requirements,  except  for  director  Michael  Q.  Jones,  who  failed  to  timely  file  Form  4 
reports for purchases of 1,539 and 474 shares of the Company’s common stock, on July 15 and August 10, 2011, respectively. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  prior  to  the  2012  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  prior  to  the  2012  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  prior  to  the  2012  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  prior  to  the  2012  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15 — EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

Documents Filed as Part of this Report:  

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

        The  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  and  the  Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  are  set  forth  on 
pages F-1 through F-43. 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

        All schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or 
because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes. 

(a)(3) Exhibits 

The exhibit list required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index included in this report. The warranties, 
representations and covenants contained in any of the agreements included herein or which appear as exhibits hereto should not be 
relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of the Company’s securities and are not intended as warranties, representations or covenants 
to any individual or entity except as specifically set forth in such agreement 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oakdale, California on March 30, 2012. 

SIGNATURES 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP   
a California corporation 

By:  /s/  RONALD C. MARTIN 

Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors of the registrant hereby constitutes 
and appoints Ronald C. Martin and Richard A. McCarty, and each of them, as lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for each of the 
undersigned (with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of each of the undersigned 
officers and directors), to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, any and all amendments, supplements and exhibits to this report and any and all other documents in connection therewith, 
hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
necessary or desirable to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully and to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned 
might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or 
any of their substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ DONALD BARTON 
Donald Barton 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Christopher M. Courtney 

/s/ JAMES L. GILBERT 
James L. Gilbert 

/s/ THOMAS A. HAIDLEN 
Thomas A. Haidlen 

/s/ MICHAEL Q. JONES 
Michael Q. Jones 

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN 
Ronald C. Martin 

/s/ ROGER M. SCHRIMP 
Roger M. Schrimp 

/s/ DANNY L. TITUS 
Danny L. Titus 

/s/ RICHARD J. VAUGHAN 
Richard J. Vaughan 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

54 

Date 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

March 27, 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. 

As of December 31, 2011, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on 
the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on those criteria. 

The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure 
controls and procedures, or its internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well conceived 
and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the 
design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be considered 
relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute 
assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. 

/s/  RONALD C. MARTIN______________________ 
Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer 

/s/  RICHARD A. MCCARTY 
Richard A. McCarty, Chief Financial Officer 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Oak Valley Bancorp  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Oak  Valley  Bancorp  and  subsidiary  (the  “Company”)  as  of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over 
financial  reporting.    Our  audits  included  consideration  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  a  basis  for  designing  audit 
procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Oak Valley Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and 
their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America.  

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Stockton, California 
March 30, 2012 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available for sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan loss of $8,609,174 and $8,254,929 

at December 31, 2011 and 2010 
Bank premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned 
Interest receivable and other assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Deposits 
Interest payable and other liabilities 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) 

Shareholders’ equity 

Series A Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation 
preference, 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and 
outstanding at December 31, 2010 

Series B Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation 
preference, 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and 
outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 
7,718,469 and 7,702,127 shares issued and outstanding at  
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Total shareholders’ equity 

See accompanying notes 

F-3 

$

$

$

December 31,  
2011 

December 31,  
2010 

73,189,775   $
27,895,000  
101,084,775  

28,091,916 
40,845,000 
68,936,916 

89,694,859  

53,267,982 

386,958,076  
13,499,285  
244,375  
20,690,288 

395,206,208 
10,173,822 
778,174 
24,033,316 

612,171,658 

$

552,396,418 

536,204,003   $
2,565,649 
3,000,000  
541,769,652  

476,738,850 
2,999,836 
8,000,000 
487,738,686 

0  

13,013,945 

13,500,000  

0 

23,453,443  
2,128,700  
28,629,757  
2,690,106  

24,003,549 
2,080,218 
24,016,466 
1,543,554 

70,402,006  

64,657,732 

$

612,171,658   $

552,396,418 

 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

INTEREST INCOME 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on securities available for sale 
Interest on federal funds sold 
Interest on deposits with banks 

Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Deposits 
FHLB advances 
Federal funds purchased 
Total interest expense 

Net interest income 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

 $          23,608,833  
               3,076,575  
                    41,884  
                  100,249  
             26,827,541  

 $          25,503,634  
               2,361,723  
                    19,133  
                    41,595  
             27,926,085  

               1,579,877  
                    68,081  
                           51  
               1,648,009  

               2,591,086  
                  327,900  
                         110  
               2,919,096  

             25,179,532  
               1,500,000  

             25,006,989  
               4,020,000  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

             23,679,532  

             20,986,989  

OTHER INCOME 

Service charges on deposits 
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 
Mortgage commissions 
Other 

Total non-interest income 

OTHER EXPENSES 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expenses 
Data processing fees 
OREO expenses 
Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFI) 
Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expense 

               1,120,035  
                  432,234  
                  103,935  
               1,094,930  
               2,751,134  

               1,065,063  
                  435,884  
                  107,848  
               1,160,736  
               2,769,531  

               9,325,812  
               2,829,468  
               1,016,132  
                  389,124  
                  642,000  
               3,191,229  
             17,393,765  

               8,456,982  
               2,699,897  
                  947,338  
                  637,725  
               1,051,262  
               2,982,626  
             16,775,830  

Net income before provision for income taxes 

               9,036,901  

               6,980,690  

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 
NET INCOME 

               3,176,306  
 $            5,860,595  

               2,353,259  
 $            4,627,431  

Preferred stock dividends and accretion 

               1,161,056  

                  841,648  

NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS 

 $            4,699,539  

 $            3,785,783  

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

 $                     0.61  

 $                     0.49  

NET INCOME PER DILUTED COMMON SHARE 

 $                     0.61  

 $                     0.49  

See accompanying notes 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
l
a
t
o
T

d
e
t
a
l

u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

’
s
r
e
d

l

o
h
e
r
a
h
S

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

y
t
i

u
q
E

e
m
o
c
n
I

e
m
o
c
n
I

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n

i

n
r
a
E

l
a
n
o

i
t
i

d
d
A

n
i
-
d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i

p
a
C

k
c
o
t
S

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

k
c
o
t
S

n
o
m
m
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

0
1
0
2
D
N
A

1
1
0
2

,

1
3
R
E
B
M
E
C
E
D
D
E
D
N
E
S
R
A
E
Y

Y
T
I
U
Q
E

’
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C

P
R
O
C
N
A
B
Y
E
L
L
A
V
K
A
O

0

9
0
1
0
7

,

,

)
0
0
0
5
7
6
(

1
7
4
2
8

,

,

1
5
2
2
9
6
0
6

,

$

$

,

4
8
0
3
8
6
1

,

$

)
4
3
3
4
2
(

,

)
4
3
3
4
2
(

,

)
4
3
3
4
2
(

,

,

)
6
9
1
5
1
1
(

,

)
6
9
1
5
1
1
(

,

)
6
9
1
5
1
1
(

,

3
8
6
0
3
2
0
2

,

,

)
8
4
6
6
6
1
(

,

)
0
0
0
5
7
6
(

,

1
3
4
7
2
6
4

,

,

1
3
4
7
2
6
4

,

,

1
3
4
7
2
6
4

,

,

2
3
7
7
5
6
4
6

,

4
9
8
9

,

,

)
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
1
(

,

0

,

)
9
4
2
1
6
7
(

,

)
0
0
0
0
6
5
(

2
8
4
8
4

,

,

0
0
0
0
0
5
3
1

,

,

9
2
3
4
9
1
1

,

$

$

,

4
5
5
3
4
5
1

,

$

,

9
2
3
4
9
1
1

,

,

1
0
9
7
8
4
4

,

,

9
2
3
4
9
1
1

,

)
7
7
7
7
4
(

,

)
7
7
7
7
4
(

,

)
7
7
7
7
4
(

,

,

5
9
5
0
6
8
5

,

,

6
0
0
2
0
4
0
7

,

$

,

6
0
1
0
9
6
2

,

$

,

5
9
5
0
6
8
5

,

,

7
4
1
7
0
0
7

,

$

$

,

6
6
4
6
1
0
4
2

,

,

)
5
5
0
6
8
4
(

,

)
9
4
2
1
6
7
(

,

5
9
5
0
6
8
5

,

,

7
5
7
9
2
6
8
2

,

$

$

$

$

$

,

7
4
7
7
9
9
1

,

1
7
4
2
8

,

,

8
1
2
0
8
0
2

,

2
8
4
8
4

,

,

0
0
7
8
2
1
2

,

5
-
F

$

$

$

,

5
4
9
3
1
0
3
1

,

,

)
0
0
0
0
0
5
3
1
(

,

,

0
0
0
0
0
5
3
1

,

,

5
5
0
6
8
4

,

0
0
0
0
0
5
3
1

,

$

0
0
5
3
1

,

$

)
0
0
5
3
1
(

,

0
0
5
3
1

,

$

0
0
5
3
1

,

4
9
8
9

,

,

9
4
5
3
0
0
4
2

,

$

$

$

$

0
5
2
0
2

,

,

7
7
8
1
8
6
7

,

,

7
2
1
2
0
7
7

,

7
3
0
3

,

5
0
3
3
1

,

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
n
e
d

i

v

i

d

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b

k
c
o
t
S

:
e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

0
1
0
2

,

1

y
r
a
u
n
a
J

,
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

n
o

i
t
e
r
c
c
a

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
S

)
5
1
0
7
1
$

,

f
o
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n

i

f
o

t
e
n
(

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

e
l
a
s
-
r
o
f
-
e
l

b
a
l
i
a
v
a

)
9
4
5
0
8
$

,

f
o
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n

i

f
o

t
e
n
(

s
n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r

f
o

n
o

i
t
a
c
i
f
i
s
s
a
l
c
e
R

n
o

n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
u

n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
c

t
e
N

0
1
0
2

,

1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

,
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

e
m
o
c
n

i

t
e
N

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
A
s
e
i
r
e
S

f
o

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
n
e
d

i

v

i

d

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

d
e
u
s
s
i

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
B
s
e
i
r
e
S

n
o

i
t
e
r
c
c
a

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
S

d
e
u
s
s
i

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

,

)
0
0
0
0
6
5
(

t
n
a
r
r
a

W

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

.

.

S
U
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

o
t

t
n
e
m
y
a
P

,

3
4
4
3
5
4
3
2

,

$

,

9
6
4
8
1
7
7

,

t
e
n
(

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

e
l
a
s
-
r
o
f
-
e
l

b
a
l
i
a
v
a

,

)
7
1
1
5
3
8
$

f
o

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n

i

f
o

n
o

n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
u

n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
c

t
e
N

)
7
0
4
3
3
$

,

f
o
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n

i

f
o

t
e
n
(

s
n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r

f
o

n
o

i
t
a
c
i
f
i
s
s
a
l
c
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b

k
c
o
t
S

:
e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

1
1
0
2

,

1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

,
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

e
m
o
c
n

i

t
e
N

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
e
  S

,

8
4
6
6
6
1

$

9
0
1
0
7

,

,

7
9
2
7
4
8
2
1

,

$

0
0
5
3
1

,

,

0
4
4
3
3
9
3
2

,

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities: 

Provision for loan losses 
Decrease in deferred fees/costs, net 
Depreciation 
Amortization (accretion) of investment securities, net 
Stock based compensation 
OREO write downs and losses on sale 
Gain on called available for sale securities 
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 
Decrease in deferred tax asset 
(Decrease) increase in interest payable and other liabilities 
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable 
Decrease (increase) in other assets 

      Net cash from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Purchases of available for sale securities 
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal  
paydowns of securities available for sale 

Net decrease in loans 
Purchase of FRB Stock 
Redemption of FHLB stock 
Proceeds from sale of OREO 
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment 
Purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash (used in) from investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

FHLB advanced funds 
FHLB payments 
Federal funds advances 
Federal funds payments 
Repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock 
Proceeds from Series B Preferred Stock issued 
Preferred stock dividend payment 
Payment to repurchase U.S. Treasury Warrant 
Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts 
Net decrease in time deposits 
Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

2011 

2010 

$

5,860,595   $ 

4,627,431 

1,500,000  
(98,579) 
998,014  
36,407  
48,482  
290,609  
(81,184) 
(432,234) 
205,224  
(434,187) 
(61,595) 
2,283,773  

10,115,325  

4,020,000 
(78,090)
959,547 
(2,192)
82,471 
431,556 
(195,745)
(435,884)
497,243 
877,901 
92,470 
(2,812,271)

8,064,437 

(54,574,719) 

(12,114,593)

20,140,881  
6,846,711  
(2,450) 
548,600  
243,190  
450  
(4,323,927) 

(31,121,264) 

0  
(5,000,000) 
0  
0  
(13,500,000) 
13,500,000  
(761,249) 
(560,000) 
72,401,862  
(12,936,709) 
9,894  

9,572,769 
17,695,047 
(2,200)
423,000 
1,892,305 
0 
(966,072)

16,500,256 

7,100,000 
(31,300,000)
480,000 
(480,000)
0 
0 
(675,000)
0 
56,384,103 
(8,855,537)
70,109 

Net cash from financing activities 

53,153,798  

22,723,675 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

32,147,859  

47,288,368 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period 

68,936,916  

21,648,548 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period 

$

101,084,775   $ 

68,936,916 

F-6 

 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 

Cash paid during the period for: 

Interest 
Income taxes 

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Real estate acquired through foreclosure 
Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 

NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Accretion of preferred stock 

See accompanying notes 

$
$

$
$

$

1,686,014   $ 
3,961,119   $ 

3,151,988 
1,976,000 

0   $ 
1,948,262   $ 

952,521 
(237,093)

486,055   $ 

166,648 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Introductory Explanation 

On July 3, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Oak Valley Bancorp 
(“Bancorp”) became the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank ( the “Bank”).  On the Effective Date, a tax-free 
exchange was completed whereby each outstanding share of the Company was converted into one share of Bancorp and the Company 
became the sole wholly-owned subsidiary of the holding company.  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. All material 
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all 
adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash 
flows.  All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. 

Oak Valley Community Bank  is a California State chartered bank. The Company was incorporated under the laws of the state of 
California on May 31, 1990, and began operations in Oakdale on May 28, 1991. The Company operates branches in Oakdale, Sonora, 
Bridgeport, Bishop, Mammoth Lakes, Modesto, Manteca, Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, and Escalon, California. The 
Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, and Bishop branches operate as a separate division, Eastern Sierra Community Bank. The Company’s 
primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominantly middle-market businesses. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the allowance for loan losses, 
accounting for income taxes, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, the fair value of stock options, the fair value 
measurements and the determination, deferred compensation plans, recognition and measurement of impaired loans.  Actual results 
could differ from these estimates.   

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents to include cash, due from banks, certificates of 
deposit with maturities of three months or less, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. At times 
throughout the year, balances can exceed FDIC insurance limits.  Management believes the risk of loss is remote as these amounts are 
held by major financial institutions and management monitors their financial condition. 

Securities available for sale — Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, and debentures not classified as trading 
securities or held-to-maturity securities. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, are reported 
as a net amount in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, accumulated other comprehensive income, until realized. Gains and 
losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific identification method. The amortization of 
premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized as adjustments to interest income over the period to maturity. 

Investments with fair values that are less than amortized cost are considered impaired.  Impairment may result from either a decline in 
the  financial  condition  of  the  issuing  entity  or,  in  the  case  of  fixed  interest  rate  investments,  from  rising  interest  rates.  At  each 
consolidated  financial  statement  date,  management  assesses  each  investment  to  determine  if  impaired  investments  are  temporarily 
impaired or if the impairment is other than temporary. This assessment includes a determination of whether the Company intends to 
sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized 
cost  basis  less  any  current-period  credit  losses.  For  debt securities  that are  considered  other  than  temporarily  impaired  and  that the 
Company  does  not  intend  to  sell  and  will  not  be  required  to  sell  prior  to  recovery  of  the  amortized  cost  basis,  the  amount  of 
impairment  is  separated  into  the  amount  that  is  credit  related (credit  loss  component)  and  the  amount  due  to  all  other  factors.  The 
credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is calculated as the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the 
present value of its expected future cash flows.  The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of the 
future expected cash flows is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.   

Other real estate owned - Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially 
recorded at fair value of the property at the date of foreclosure less estimated selling costs.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
periodically performed and any subject revisions in the estimate of fair value are reported as adjustment to the carrying value of the 
real estate, provided the adjusted carrying amount does not exceed the original amount at foreclosure.  Revenues and expenses from 
operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.   

Loans and allowance for loan losses — Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred 
loan fees, and the allowance for loan losses. Unearned discounts on installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of the 
loans. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on the daily balance of the principal amount 
outstanding. 

Loan fees net of certain direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized, as an adjustment to interest yield, over the estimated life 
of the loan.  

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is 
discontinued either when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal or when a loan becomes 
contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all 
interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on such loans is then 
recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are 
resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of 
management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest. 

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loans are charged against the 
allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries of 
previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the 
collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may 
affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This 
evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes 
available. 

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance 
for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional allowance based on their judgment about information 
available to them at the time of their examination. 

The allowance consists of specific, general, and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as 
impaired. Impaired loans, as defined, are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general component relates to non-
impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to 
cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects 
the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses 
in the portfolio. 

The Company considers a loan impaired when it is probable that all amounts of principal and interest due, according to the contractual 
terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected, which is the same criteria used for the transfer of loans to non-accrual status. 
Interest income is recognized on impaired loans in the same manner as non-accrual loans. Factors considered by management in 
determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest 
payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as 
impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into 
consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the 
delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. 

The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on an allowance percentage which is less than 
other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This allowance percentage is evaluated by management 
periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the allowance for off-balance-sheet 
commitments. 

The Company considers a loan to be a troubled debt restructure (“TDR”) when the Company has granted a concession to either the 
interest rate, payment structure or term of the contractual note and the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.  In order to 
determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will 
be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company’s internal underwriting policy.  A TDR loan is kept on non-accrual status until the borrower has paid for six consecutive 
months with no payment defaults, at which time the TDR is placed back on accrual status.   

Premises and equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation 
and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated 
service lives using the straight-line basis. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation are: 

Building 

Equipment 

  31.5 

years 

  3 – 12  years 

Furniture and fixtures 

  3 –   7  years 

Leasehold improvements 

  5 – 15  years 

Automobiles 

  3 –   5  years 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. The straight-
line method of depreciation is followed for all assets for financial reporting purposes, but accelerated methods are used for tax 
purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided for the resulting temporary differences. 

Income taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax 
basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates 
applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. 
As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the state of California. With few exceptions, the Company 
is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. 

Transfers of financial assets — Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been 
surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when:  (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, 
(2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that contain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the 
transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to 
repurchase them before their maturity. 

Advertising costs — The Company expenses marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $160,000 and $151,000 
for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Comprehensive income — Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income. Other 
comprehensive income includes items previously recorded directly to equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities 
available for sale. Comprehensive income is presented in the statements of shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 
2011 and 2010, $48,000 and $115,000 net of tax, respectively, was reclassified from comprehensive income into net income related to 
gains on called available for sale securities.  

Investment in limited partnership —  During 2007 the Company acquired limited interests in a private limited partnership that 
acquires affordable housing properties in California that generate Low Income Housing Tax Credits under Section 42 of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The Company’s limited partnership investment is accounted for under the equity method.  The 
Company’s noninterest expense associated with the utilization of these tax credits for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 
was $67,056 and $66,144, respectively.  The limited partnership investment is expected to generate a total tax benefit of 
approximately $1.16 million over the life of the investment for the combination of the tax credits and deductions on noninterest 
expense.  The tax credits expire between 2011 and 2022.  In 2010, a tax benefit of $118,000 was utilized for income tax purposes and 
an estimated amount of $98,000 will be utilized in 2011.  The recorded investment in limited partnerships totaled $636,099 and 
$703,155 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock —  Federal Reserve Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Reserve 
Bank  (“FRB”)  and  is  carried  at  par  value,  which  reasonably  approximates  its  fair  value.  While  technically  these  are  considered  equity 
securities,  there  is  no  market  for  the  FRB  stock.  Therefore,  the  shares  are  considered  as  restricted  investment  securities.    Management 
periodically  evaluates  FHLB  stock  for  other-than-temporary  impairment.    Management’s  determination  of  whether  these  investments  are 
impaired  is  based  on  its  assessment  of  the  ultimate  recoverability  of  cost  rather  than  by  recognizing  temporary  declines  in  value.  The 
determination  of  whether  a  decline  affects  the  ultimate  recoverability  of  cost  is  influenced  by  criteria  such  as  (1) the  significance  of  any 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decline  in  net  assets  of  the  FRB  as  compared  to  the  capital  stock  amount  for  the  FRB  and  the  length  of  time  this  situation  has  persisted, 
(2) commitments  by  the  FRB  to  make  payments  required  by  law  or  regulation  and  the  level  of  such  payments  in  relation  to  the  operating 
performance of the FRB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FRB, 
and  (4) the  liquidity  position  of  the  FRB.  This  investment  is  reflected  as  a  component  of  interest  receivable  and  other  assets  on  the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock —  Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal 
Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically 
these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment 
securities.  Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment.  Management’s determination of whether 
these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines 
in  value.  The  determination  of  whether  a  decline  affects  the  ultimate  recoverability  of  cost  is  influenced  by  criteria  such  as  (1) the 
significance  of  any  decline  in  net  assets  of  the  FHLB  as  compared  to  the  capital  stock  amount  for  the  FHLB  and  the  length  of  time  this 
situation  has  persisted, (2) commitments  by the FHLB to  make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments  in 
relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the 
customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and 
other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Stock based compensation — The Company recognizes in the consolidated statements of income the grant-date fair value of stock 
options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the 
vesting period).  The Company uses the straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting. 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the grant date using an option-pricing model with the assumptions noted in the 
following table. The Company utilizes a binomial pricing model for all grants. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility 
of the price of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates 
within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted for the binomial model is derived from applying a historical 
suboptimal exercise factor to the contractual term of the grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free rate for periods is equal to the U.S. 
Treasury yield at the time of grant and commensurate with the contractual term of the grant. 

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using an options pricing model and the assumptions described above.  
The fair value of restricted stock awards are based on the price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant.  There were no stock 
options grants in 2011 or 2010.  There were 13,305 shares of restricted stock granted during 2011.  No restricted shares were granted 
during 2010.  Stock based compensation recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $48,482 and $82,471, 
respectively.   

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent 
the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and 
subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. 

Fair Value Measurements — The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and 
liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company bases the fair values on the price that would be received to sell an 
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available 
for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the 
Company may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for 
investment and securities held to maturity  that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments 
typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting. 

The Company have established and documented a process for determining fair value. The Company maximize the use of observable 
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available 
market data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent 
uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or 
disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements.  

Deferred compensations plans  — Future compensation under the Company’s executive salary continuation plan and director 
retirement plan is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary continuation liability based on 
anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the plans. The Company’s current benefit liability is determined 
based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate used is an equivalent rate for 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary continuation contracts, which 
average approximately 20 years. 

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. There was no 
effect on net income or shareholders’ equity. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards —  

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-

02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.  The ASU 
clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. It is intended to assist creditors in determining whether a 
modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), both for purposes 
of recording an impairment loss and for disclosure of a TDR. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR, a creditor must 
separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing 
financial difficulties. The amendments to ASU Topic 310, Receivables, clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it 
has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU No. 2011-02 is effective for interim and 
annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of 
the fiscal year of adoption.  There was no significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as a result of 
adopting this ASU. 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair 

Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The ASU improves the comparability of fair value 
measurements presented and disclosed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) by changing the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S GAAP for 
measuring fair value and disclosure of information. The amendments to this ASU provide explanation on how to measure fair value 
but do not require any additional fair value measurements and does not establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices 
outside of financial reporting. The amendments clarify existing fair value measurements and disclosure requirements to include 
application of the highest and best use and valuation premises concepts; measuring fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting 
entity’s shareholders’ equity; and disclosures requirements regarding quantitative information about unobservable inputs categorized 
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, clarification is provided for measuring the fair value of financial instruments 
that are managed in a portfolio and the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement. For public entities, ASU 
2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect this ASU to have a 
significant impact on our financial condition or result of operations. 

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) 

Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The ASU improves the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting 
and increases the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. The amendments to Topic 220, Comprehensive 
Income, require entities to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other 
comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive 
statements. Entities are no longer permitted to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes 
in stockholders’ equity. Any adjustments for items are that reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income are to be 
presented on the face of the entities financial statement regardless the method of presentation for comprehensive income.  The 
amendments do not change items to be reported in comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be 
reclassified to net income, nor do the amendments change the option to present the components of other comprehensive income either 
net of related tax effects or before related tax effects. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods beginning on or 
after December 15, 2011. We do not expect this ASU to have an impact on our financial condition or result of operations as it affects 
presentation only. 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The update requires an 
entity to offset, and present as a single net amount, a recognized eligible asset and a recognized eligible liability when it has an 
unconditional and legally enforceable right of setoff and intends either to settle the asset and liability on a net basis or to realize the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The ASU requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related 
arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The 
amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company is currently in 
the process of evaluating the ASU but does not expect it will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 2 — CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS 

Cash and due from banks includes balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent banks. The Company is required 
to maintain specified reserves by the Federal Reserve Bank. The average reserve requirements are based on a percentage of the 
Company’s deposit liabilities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Bank requires the Company to maintain a certain minimum balance at 
all times.  As of December 31, 2011 the Company had a balance of $48,538,180 which is more than adequate to satisfy the reserve 
requirement.    

NOTE 3 – PREFERRED STOCK REPURCHASE AND WARRANT REDEMPTION 

In August 2011, the Company repurchased the $13,500,000 of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued to the U.S. Treasury in 
December 2008 in connection with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”).  The Company 
simultaneously issued $13,500,000 in Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury under the Small Business Lending Funding 
(“SBLF”) program.  Subsequently, the Company fully redeemed a warrant to purchase 350,346 shares of its Common Stock, at the 
exercise price of $5.78 per share that the Company had granted to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the CPP, for a purchase price of 
$560,000, which settled in September 2011.  So long as the preferred stock remains outstanding under SBLF, it will pay quarterly 
cumulative dividends at a variable rate between 1% and 5% per year for the first 2.5 years depending on growth of our small business 
loan portfolio.  If there is no loan growth after 2.5 years, the dividend rate could increase to 7% and if the preferred stock remains 
outstanding after 4.5 years, the rate increases to 9%, regardless of loan growth.   

The repurchase of the original preferred stock shares under CPP resulted in preferred stock discount accretion of $389,000, the full 
remaining balance of the preferred stock discount at the time of the repurchase.  This entry was recorded in the third quarter of 2011 
and is reflected in the Preferred stock dividends and accretion line on the consolidated statements of income.   

NOTE 4 — SECURITIES 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2011, are as follows: 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Market 
Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

52,101,177 

2,722,817 

$ 

    (14,686) 

$ 

54,809,308 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA Pools 

Corporate debt 

Mutual Fund 

11,366,368 

15,660,035 

1,236,366 

2,000,000 

2,759,316 

728,104 

                -      

1,312,377 

                 (370) 

55 

0 

                     -      

  (185,716) 

              17,188 

              (8,172) 

12,094,472 

16,972,042 

1,236,421 

1,814,284 

2,768,332 

$ 

85,123,262 

$ 

4,780,541 

$ 

  (208,944) 

$ 

89,694,859 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011. 

Description of Securities 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

2,985,314   $ 

     (14,686)  $ 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

— 

 — 

Municipalities 

SBA Pools 

Corporate debt 

Mutual Fund 

 561,580  

          (370) 

— 

 — 

1,814,284 

   (185,716) 

991,828 

       (8,172) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—  $ 

2,985,314  $ 

     (14,686) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

561,580 

— 

— 

(370) 

— 

1,814,284 

   (185,716) 

991,828 

(8,172) 

Total temporarily impaired securities 

$  6,353,006   $ 

   (208,944)  $ 

0  $ 

0  $  6,353,006   $ 

   (208,944) 

At December 31, 2011, there were no securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. Management periodically 
evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or 
other than temporary. Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized 
losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that we will be 
required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown 
below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Due in one year or less 

Due after one year through five years 

Due after five years through ten years 

Due after ten years 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

$  14,134,533 

$  14,352,739 

8,283,231 

24,127,825 

9,109,463 

25,564,529 

   38,577,674 

   40,668,128 

$  85,123,262 

$  89,694,859 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2010, are as follows: 

Amortized Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Market 
Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

28,678,709 

1,566,549 

$ 

(54,870) 

$ 

30,190,388 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA Pools 

Mutual Fund 

7,946,854 

9,870,381 

1,517,332 

2,631,371 

189,926 

931,375 

— 

14,063 

— 

(2,257) 

 (11,236)  

(10,215) 

8,136,780 

10,799,499 

1,506,096 

2,635,219 

$ 

50,644,647 

$ 

2,701,913 

$ 

(78,578) 

$ 

53,267,982 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010. 

Description of Securities 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more 

Total 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

3,101,384  $ 

(54,870) 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

$ 

3,101,384   $ 

(54,870) 

Collateralized mortgage 
obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA Pools 

Mutual Fund 

Total temporarily impaired 
securities 

— 

427,130 

— 

— 

(2,257) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,499,228 

(11,236) 

989,786 

(10,215) 

— 

— 

— 

427,130  

1,499,228  

989,786 

— 

(2,257) 

(11,236) 

(10,215) 

$   4,518,300  $ 

(67,342) 

$ 

1,499,228  $ 

(11,236) 

$ 

6,017,528   $ 

(78,578) 

At December 31, 2010, two SBA pools make up the total amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 
months. Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if 
the impairment is temporary or other than temporary. Management has determined that no investment security is other than 
temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to sell the 
securities and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity 
of the underlying investment security. 

Gross realized gains on called available-for-sale securities during 2011 and 2010 totaled $81,184 and $195,745, respectively. There 

were no losses on called available-for-sale securities realized during 2011 and 2010.  There were no sales of available-for-sale 
securities during 2011 and 2010. 

Securities carried at $53,419,019 and $46,405,847 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits 

of public funds. 

NOTE 5 — LOANS 

The Company’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Inyo, and Mono Counties. As of December 

31, 2011, approximately 83% of the Company’s loans are commercial real estate loans which includes construction loans. 
Approximately 8% of the Company’s loans are for general commercial uses including professional, retail, and small business. 
Additionally, 7% of the Company’s loans are for residential real estate and other consumer loans. The remaining 2% are agriculture 
loans.  

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan totals were as follows: 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,   

2011 

2010 

   Commercial real estate: 

Commercial real estate- construction 

$ 

14,595,324 

$ 

Commercial real estate- mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and industrial 

   Consumer 

Consumer residential 

   Agriculture 

Total loans 

Less: 

   Deferred loan fees and costs, net 

Allowance for loan losses 

284,263,685 

10,635,954 

20,549,849 

32,017,744 

1,212,986 

23,870,519 

9,055,622 

396,201,683 

(634,433) 

(8,609,174) 

13,669,527  

289,208,721  

18,975,637  

14,876,426  

30,755,651  

1,242,300  

21,843,935  

13,621,952  

404,194,149  

(733,012) 

(8,254,929) 

Net loans 

$ 

386,958,076 

   $ 

395,206,208  

Loan Origination/Risk Management.  The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to 
maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a 
regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan 
production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification 
in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.  

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably 

and prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than transactional 
banking. Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s 
management examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. 
Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the 
underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral 
securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other 
business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans 
may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of 
these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.  

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in 
addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real 
estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally 
largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the 
loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. 
The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. This 
diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management 
monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the 
Company avoids financing single-purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. The Company 
also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting market areas it serves. 
In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans. At 
December 31, 2011, approximately 37.3% of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were 
secured by owner-occupied properties.  

F-16 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
With respect to loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may 

originate from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and 
have a proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, 
sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are 
generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. 
Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the 
ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term 
lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These 
loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their 
ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and 
the availability of long-term financing.  

The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting 
process. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line 
and staff personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, 
minimizes risk. Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for 
home equity loans follow bank policy, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, a maximum 
housing and total debt ratio of 36% and 42%, respectively and other specified credit and documentation requirements. 

The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic 

basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk 
identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.  

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been 
received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower 
may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be 
placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all 
unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess 
of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current 
and future payments are reasonably assured. 

Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows: 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,   
2010 

2011 

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial real estate- construction 

$ 

179,262  $ 

Commercial real estate- mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

   Commercial and industrial 

Consumer 

   Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total non-accrual loans 

3,671,693 

3,277,463 

0 

104,481 

0 

0 

0 

3,252,081  

4,190,665  

3,810,473  

0  

221,723  

0  

0  

0  

$ 

7,232,899  $ 

11,474,942  

Had non-accrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms, the Company would have recognized additional 

interest income of approximately $692,000 in 2011 and $818,000 in 2010.  

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of 

December 31, 2011: 

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days 
Past Due 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days Past 
Due 

Total Past 
Due 

Current 

Total 

December 31, 2011 
Commercial real estate: 
Commercial R.E. - 
construction 
Commercial R.E. - 
mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

$ 

0  

$ 

0  

$ 

179,263 

$ 

179,263 

$ 

14,416,061   $ 

14,595,324 

$ 

424,683  

 0 

0 

 0 

      16,419  

 0 

0 

0 

0  

0 

79,059 

0 

0 

0 

3,671,693 

2,580,231 

0 

 0 

0 

 0 

0 

4,096,376 

2,580,231 

0 

79,059 

         16,419 

0 

0 

280,167,309  

284,263,685 

8,055,723  

20,549,849  

31,938,685  

1,196,567  

23,870,519  

9,055,622  

10,635,954 

20,549,849 

32,017,744 

1,212,986 

23,870,519 

9,055,622 

Total 

$ 

441,102   $ 

79,059 

$ 

6,431,187 

$ 

6,951,348 

$ 

389,250,335   $ 

396,201,683 

$ 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days Past 
Due and 
Still 
Accruing 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of 

December 31, 2010: 

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days Past 
Due 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days Past 
Due 

Total Past 
Due 

Current 

Total 

December 31, 2010 

Commercial real estate: 
Commercial R.E. - 
construction 
Commercial R.E. - 
mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

$ 

0 

$ 

0 

$ 

2,663,126 

$ 

2,663,126 

$ 

11,006,401   $ 

13,669,527 

$ 

1,473,940  

2,865,492 

1,325,173 

5,664,605 

283,544,116  

289,208,721 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3,810,473 

3,810,473 

15,165,164  

18,975,637 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

14,876,426  

14,876,426 

30,755,651  

30,755,651 

1,242,300  

1,242,300 

21,843,935  

13,621,952  

21,843,935 

13,621,952 

Total 

$ 

1,473,940   $ 

2,865,492 

$ 

7,798,772 

$ 

12,138,204 

$ 

392,055,945   $ 

404,194,149 

$ 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days Past 
Due and 
Still 
Accruing 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be 

unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled 
principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual 
loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported 
net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is 
expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the 

F-18 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are 
charged off when deemed uncollectible. 

Impaired loans by class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are set forth in the following tables. No interest income was recognized on 
impaired loans subsequent to their classification as impaired during 2011 and 2010.  

Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

Total 
Recorded 
Investment 

Related 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

December 31, 2011 
Commercial real estate: 

Commercial R.E. - construction 
Commercial R.E. - mortgages 
Land 
Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer 
Consumer residential 
Agriculture 
Total 

$ 

245,862  $ 

0  $ 

179,262  $ 

179,262   $ 

4,469,681 
7,659,990 
0 
116,867 
0 
0 
0 

3,671,693 
697,232 
0 
104,481 
0 
0 
0 

0 
2,580,231 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

3,671,693  
3,277,463  
0  
104,481  
0  
0  
0  

$ 

12,492,400  $ 

4,473,406  $ 

2,759,493  $ 

7,232,899   $ 

5,984  $ 
0 
544,630 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

550,614  $ 

1,177,407 
4,111,549 
3,329,784 
0 
36,655 
0 
0 
0 
8,655,395 

Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

Total 
Recorded 
Investment 

Related 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

December 31, 2010 

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial R.E. - construction 

$ 

3,405,167 

$

1,427,776 

$

1,824,305 

$

3,252,081   $ 

179,725 

$

4,430,245 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total 

4,469,681 

7,710,271 

0 
222,023 

0 

0 

0 

4,190,665 

739,732 

0 
221,723 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3,070,741 

0 
0 

0 

0 

0 

4,190,665  

3,810,473  

0  
221,723  

0  

0  

0  

0 

768,118 

0 
0 

0 

0 

0 

1,900,081 

4,231,514 

0 
207,384 

0 

2,417 

0 

$  15,807,142 

$

6,579,896 

$

4,895,046 

$

11,474,942   $ 

947,843 

$

10,771,641 

Troubled Debt Restructurings –  In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is 
performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the 
modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy. 

As a result of adopting the amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s 
Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring, the Company reassessed all restructurings that occurred 
on or after the beginning of the current fiscal year (January 1, 2011) for identification as troubled debt restructurings.  The Company 
identified as troubled debt restructurings two loans with carrying values totaling $2.6 million that were not previously identified as 
troubled debt restructured.  However, the receivables were previously identified as collateral dependent impaired loans and the related 
allowance for loan losses of $409,000 was measured in accordance with the guidance in Section 310-10-35 of ASU Topic 310, 
Receivables.  The amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02 require prospective application of the impairment 
measurement guidance in Section 310-10-35 for those receivables newly identified as impaired at the end of the first interim period of 

F-19 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adoption (September 30, 2011), there were no newly identified trouble debt restructures for which the allowance for loan losses was 
previously measured under general allowance for loan losses methodology and are now impaired under Section 310-10-35. 

At December 31, 2011, there were 5 loans and leases that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings, all of which are 
considered nonaccrual totaling $3,482,000. At December 31, 2011 there were unfunded commitments of $1,644,000 on one loan 
classified as a troubled debt restructure because of an agreement with a borrower to continue advancing funds and covering overhead 
costs on a residential development project.  The Company will receive proceeds to pay down the principal as the residential properties 
sell.  As of December 31, 2010, there were no unfunded commitments on those loans considered troubled debt restructures. 

The Company has allocated $551,000 and $119,000 of specific reserves to loans whose terms have been modified in troubled debt 
restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company has commitments to lend an additional $1,644,000, as 
described above, to one of these borrowers as of December 31, 2011.  The Company had not committed to lend additional amounts to 
these borrowers as of December 31, 2010. 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the terms of four loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings, which includes the 
two loans that were not previously identified pursuant to the adoption of ASU No. 2011-02. The modification of the terms of such 
loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity 
date; or a temporary payment modification in which the payment amount allocated towards principal was reduced. In some cases, a 
permanent reduction of the accrued interest on the loan was conceded. 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 
2011: 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2011 

Pre- 
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post- 
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Number 
of 
Loans 

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial R.E. - construction 

2   $ 

2,298,577  $ 

2,298,577 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total 

0  

3  

0  

1  

0  

0  

0  

0 

0 

3,328,512 

3,328,512 

0 

26,322 

0 

0 

0 

0 

26,623 

0 

0 

0 

6   $ 

5,653,411  $ 

5,653,712 

The troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2011 did not increase the allowance for loan losses as a result of 
the loan modification and there were no charge offs as a result of the loan modifications. 

F-20 

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within 
twelve months following the modification during the year ended December 31, 2011.   

Year Ended 
December 31, 2011 

Number 
of Loans 

Recorded 
Investment 

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial R.E. - construction 

1  $ 

179,262 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total 

0 

2 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2,580,231 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3  $ 

2,759,493 

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is ninety days contractually past due under the modified terms. 

The troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted above did not result in an increase to the allowance for loan losses or a 
charge-off during the year ended December 31, 2011. 

Quality ratings (Risk Grades) are assigned to all commitments and stand-alone notes. Risk grades define the basic characteristics of 
commitments or stand-alone note in relation to their risk. All loans are graded using a system that maximizes the loan quality 
information contained in loan review grades, while ensuring that the system is compatible with the grades used by bank examiners. 
We grade loans using the following letter system: 

1 Exceptional Loan 
2 Quality Loan 
3A Better Than Acceptable Loan 
3B Acceptable Loan 
3C Marginally Acceptable Loan 
4 (W) Watch Acceptable Loan 
5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned 
6 Substandard Loan 
7 Doubtful Loan 
8 Loss 

1. Exceptional Loan - Loans with A+ credits that contain very little, if any, risk. Grade 1 loans are considered Pass.  To qualify for this 
rating, the following characteristics must be present: 

-A high level of liquidity and whose debt-servicing capacity exceeds expected obligations by a substantial margin. 
-Where leverage is below average for the industry and earnings are consistent or growing without severe vulnerability to 
economic cycles. 
-Also included in this rating (but not mandatory unless one or more of the preceding characteristics are missing) are loans that are 
fully secured and properly margined by our own time instruments or U.S. blue chip securities. To be properly margined cash 
collateral must be equal to, or greater than, 110% of the loan amount. 

2. Quality Loan - Loans with excellent sources of repayment that conform in all respects to bank policy and regulatory requirements. 
These are also loans for which little repayment risk has been identified. No credit or collateral exceptions. Grade 2 loans are 
considered Pass.  Other factors include: 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
-Unquestionable debt-servicing capacity to cover all obligations in the ordinary course of business from well-defined primary 
and secondary sources. 
-Consistent strong earnings. 
-A solid equity base. 

3A. Better than Acceptable Loan - In the interest of better delineating the loan portfolio’s true credit risk for reserve allocation, further 
granularity has been sought by splitting the grade 3 category into three classifications. The distinction between the three are bank-
defined guidelines and represent a further refinement of the regulatory definition of a pass, or grade 3 loan. Grade 3A is the stronger 
third of the pass category, but is not strong enough to be a grade 2 and is characterized by: 

-Strong earnings with no loss in last three years and ample cash flow to service all debt well above policy guidelines. 
-Long term experienced management with depth and defined management succession. 
-The loan has no exceptions to policy. 
-Loan-to-value on real estate secured transactions is 10% to 20% less than policy guidelines. 
-Very liquid balance sheet that may have cash available to pay off our loan completely. 
-Little to no debt on balance sheet. 

3B. Acceptable Loan - 3B loans are simply defined as all loans that are less qualified than 3A loans and are stronger than 3C loans. 
These loans are characterized by acceptable sources of repayment that conform to bank policy and regulatory requirements. 
Repayment risks are acceptable for these loans. Credit or collateral exceptions are minimal, are in the process of correction, and do not 
represent repayment risk. These loans: 

-Are those where the borrower has average financial strengths, a history of profitable operations and experienced management. 
-Are those where the borrower can be expected to handle normal credit needs in a satisfactory manner. 

3C. Marginally Acceptable - 3C loans have similar characteristics as that of 3Bs with the following additional characteristics: 
Requires collateral. A credit facility where the borrower has average financial strengths, but usually lacks reliable secondary sources 
of repayment other than the subject collateral.  Other common characteristics can include some or all of the following: minimal 
background experience of management, lacking continuity of management, a start-up operation, erratic historical profitability 
(acceptable reasons-well identified), lack of or marginal sponsorship of guarantor, and government guaranteed loans. 

4W Watch Acceptable - Watch grade will be assigned to any credit that is adequately secured and performing but monitored for a 
number of indicators. These characteristics may include any unexpected short-term adverse financial performance from budgeted 
projections or prior period’s results (i.e., declining profits, sales, margins, cash flow, or increased reliance on leverage, including 
adverse balance sheet ratios, trade debt issues, etc.). Additionally, any managerial or personal problems of company management, 
decline in the entire industry or local economic conditions failure to provide financial information or other documentation as 
requested; issues regarding delinquency, overdrafts, or renewals; and any other issues that cause concern for the company. Loans to 
individuals or loans supported by guarantors with marginal net worth and/or marginal collateral. Weakness identified 
in a Watch credit is short-term in nature.  Loans in this category are usually accounts the Company would want to retain providing a 
positive turnaround can be expected within a reasonable time frame.  Grade 4 loans are considered Pass.   

5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - A special mention extension of credit is defined as having potential 
weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date result 
in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Extensions of credit that might be 
detailed in this category include the following: 

-The lending officer may be unable to properly supervise the credit because of an inadequate loan or credit agreement. 
-Questions exist regarding the condition of and/or control over collateral. 
-Economic or market conditions may unfavorably affect the obligor in the future. 
-A declining trend in the obligor’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet exists, but not to the point that 
repayment is jeopardized. 

6 Substandard Loan - A “substandard” extension of credit is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of 
the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses 
that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if 
the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist 
in individual extensions of credit classified substandard. 

7 Doubtful Loan - An extension of credit classified “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the 
added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and 
values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high but because of certain important and reasonably 
specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred 
F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceedings, 
capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. The entire loan need not be classified doubtful when 
collection of a specific portion appears highly probable. An example of proper use of the doubtful category is the case of a company 
being liquidated, with the trustee-in-bankruptcy indicating a minimum disbursement of 40 percent and a maximum of 65 percent to 
unsecured creditors, including the Company. In this situation, estimates are based on liquidation value appraisals with actual values 
yet to be realized. By definition, the only portion of the credit that is doubtful is the 25 percent difference between 40 and 65 percent. 
A proper classification of such a credit would show 40 percent substandard, 25 percent doubtful, and 35 percent loss. A credit 
classified as doubtful should be resolved within a ‘reasonable’ period of time. Reasonable is generally defined as the period between 
examinations. In other words, a credit classified doubtful at an examination should be cleared up before the next exam. However, there 
may be situations that warrant continuation of the doubtful classification a while longer. 

8. Loss - Extensions of credit classified “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable 
assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the credit has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it 
is not practical or desirable to defer writing off, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. It should not be the 
Company’s practice to attempt long-term recoveries while the credit remains on the books. Losses should be taken in the period in 
which they surface as uncollectible. 

The following table presents weighted average risk grades of our loan portfolio.  

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

Weighted Average 
Risk Grade 

Weighted Average 
Risk Grade 

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial real estate - construction 

Commercial real estate - mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total gross loans 

4.83 

3.27 

5.37 

3.45 

3.28 

2.77 

3.01 

3.20 

3.42 

3.52 

3.26 

4.75 

3.40 

3.21 

2.76 

3.10 

3.23 

3.30 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table presents risk grade totals by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.  Risk grades 1 through 4 have been 
aggregated in the “Pass” line.   

Commercial R.E.
Construction

Commercial R.E.
M ortgages

Land

Farmland

Commercial and 
Industrial

Consumer

Consumer 
Residential

Agriculture

Total

Dollars in thousands

December 31, 2011

Pass

$     14,416,062  $ 

      264,913,517  $ 

      4,419,659  $ 

    19,188,322  $ 

    31,000,530  $ 

      1,179,624  $ 

    23,475,447  $ 

      8,357,801  $ 

    366,950,962 

Special mention

                    - 

          8,684,736 

                     - 

                     - 

           78,011 

                     - 

                     - 

                     - 

        8,762,747 

Substandard

Doubtful

Total loans

December 31, 2010
Pass

         179,262 

        10,665,432 

      6,216,295 

      1,361,527 

         939,203 

           16,943 

         395,072 

         697,821 

      20,471,555 

                    - 

                        - 

                     - 

                     - 

                     - 

           16,419 

                     - 

                     - 

             16,419 

$     14,595,324  $ 

      284,263,685  $ 

    10,635,954  $ 

    20,549,849  $ 

    32,017,744  $ 

      1,212,986  $ 

    23,870,519  $ 

      9,055,622  $ 

    396,201,683 

$     10,417,446  $ 

265,361,186

$ 

      4,076,121  $ 

    12,225,807  $ 

    28,295,716  $ 

      1,225,072  $ 

    21,723,935  $ 

    12,593,405  $ 

    355,918,688 

Special mention

                    - 

10,352,335

                     - 

      1,190,402 

      1,573,044 

                     - 

                     - 

         278,548 

      13,394,329 

Substandard

Doubtful

Total loans

      3,252,081 

13,495,200

    14,899,516 

      1,460,217 

         886,891 

           17,228 

         120,000 

         749,999 

      34,881,132 

                    - 

                        - 

                     - 

                     - 

                     - 

                     - 

                     - 

                     - 

                      - 

$     13,669,527  $ 

      289,208,721  $ 

    18,975,637  $ 

    14,876,426  $ 

    30,755,651  $ 

      1,242,300  $ 

    21,843,935  $ 

    13,621,952  $ 

    404,194,149 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to 

expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of 
loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan 
portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC 
Topic 310, “Receivables” and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Accordingly, the 
methodology is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, specific homogeneous risk pools and 
specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate 
level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for  loan losses reflects 
loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized 
loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. The provision for loan losses also reflects the totality of actions taken on 
all loans for a particular period.  In other words, the amount of the provision reflects not only the necessary increases in the allowance 
for loan losses related to newly identified criticized loans, but it also reflects actions taken related to other loans including, among 
other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.  

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss 
experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the 
current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for 
any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information 
available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, 
among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the 
regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.  

The Company’s allowance for  loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance 
with ASC Topic 310 based on probable losses on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances determined in accordance with 
ASC Topic 450 based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, adjusted, as 
necessary, to reflect the impact of current conditions; and (iii) general valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC 
Topic 450 based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.  

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of problem loans. 

Loans are classified based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: (i) the obligor’s ability to 
repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. This 
analysis is performed at the relationship manager level for all commercial loans. When a loan has a calculated grade of 5 or higher, a 
special assets officer analyzes the loan to determine whether the loan is impaired and, if impaired, the need to specifically allocate a 
portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability 

F-24 

 
 
  
 
 
  
  
     
       
       
 
 
to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s 
industry, among other things.  

Historical valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans and the internal risk 

grade of such loans at the time they were charged-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with 
similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The 
historical loss ratios are periodically updated based on actual charge-off experience. A historical valuation allowance is established for 
each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The 
Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate 
loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans.  

General valuation allowances are based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external 

to the Company. In general, such valuation allowances are determined by evaluating, among other things: (i) the experience, ability 
and effectiveness of the Company’s lending management and staff; (ii) the effectiveness of the Company’s loan policies, procedures 
and internal controls; (iii) changes in asset quality; (iv) changes in loan portfolio volume; (v) the composition and concentrations of 
credit; (vi) the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing; (vii) the effectiveness of the internal loan review function; 
(viii) the impact of environmental risks on portfolio risks; and (ix) the impact of rising interest rates on portfolio risk. Management 
evaluates the degree of risk that each one of these components has on the quality of the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis. Each 
component is determined to have either a high, moderate or low degree of risk. The results are then input into a “general allocation 
matrix” to determine an appropriate general valuation allowance.  

Included in the general valuation allowances are allocations for groups of similar loans with risk characteristics that exceed certain 

concentration limits established by management. Concentration risk limits have been established, among other things, for certain 
industry concentrations, large balance and highly leveraged credit relationships that exceed specified risk grades, and loans originated 
with policy exceptions that exceed specified risk grades.  

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged-off. Furthermore, consumer 

loan accounts are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.  

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 
and 2010. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other 
categories.  

Allowance  for Loan Losse s
For the  Ye ars Ende d De cembe r 31, 2011 and 2010

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
and industrial

Consumer

Consumer
Residential

Agriculture

Unallocated

T otal

Year Ende d De ce mbe r 31, 2011
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision

$

$

6,577,011
(1,108,037)
30,323
1,469,707

$

686,303
(43,784)
14,121
(50,333)

$

61,115
(6,559)
5,793
4,711

$

375,349
(38,078)
466
10,168

$

152,526
0
0
210,648

$

402,625
0
0
(144,901)

8,254,929
(1,196,458)
50,703
1,500,000

Ending balance

$

6,969,004

$

606,307

$

65,060

$

347,905

$

363,174

$

257,724

$

8,609,174

Year Ende d De ce mbe r 31, 2010

Beginning balance

$

5,844,793

$

648,523

$

43,822

$

201,741

$

142,009

$

139,334

$

7,020,222

Charge-offs

Recoveries

Provision

Ending balance

(2,695,836)

(52,382)

(569)

(43,399)

0

3,428,054

1,638

88,254

5,203

12,659

52

0

0

0

0

(2,792,186)

6,893

216,955

10,517

263,291

4,020,000

$

6,577,011

$

686,303

$

61,115

$

375,349

$

152,526

$

402,625

$

8,254,929

F-25 

 
 
  
  
  
 
The following table details the allowance for loan losses and ending gross loan balances as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 

summarized by collective and individual evaluation methods of impairment. 

Commercial

Commercial

Consumer

Real Estate

and Industrial

Consumer

Residential

Agriculture

Unallocated

T otal

De ce mbe r 31, 2011

Allowance for loan losses for loans:

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

550,614

Collectively evaluated for impairment

6,418,390

$

6,969,004

$

$

0

606,307

606,307

$

$

0

65,060

65,060

$

$

0

347,905

347,905

Ending gross loan balances:

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

7,128,418

$

104,481

$

0

$

0

Collectively evaluated for impairment

322,916,394

31,913,263

1,212,986

23,870,519

$

330,044,812

$ 32,017,744

$ 1,212,986

$ 23,870,519

De ce mbe r 31, 2010

Allowance for loan losses for loans:

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

947,843

Collectively evaluated for impairment

5,629,168

$

6,577,011

$

$

0

686,303

686,303

$

$

0

61,115

61,115

$

$

0

375,349

375,349

$

$

$

$

$

$

0

363,174

363,174

0

9,055,622

9,055,622

0

152,526

152,526

Ending balances of loans:

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

11,253,219

$

221,723

$

0

$

0

$

0

Collectively evaluated for impairment

325,477,092

30,533,928

1,242,300

21,843,935

13,621,952

$

336,730,311

$ 30,755,651

$ 1,242,300

$ 21,843,935

$ 13,621,952

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

0

257,724

257,724

$

$

550,614

8,058,560

8,609,174

0

0

0

0

402,625

402,625

$

7,232,899

388,968,784

$ 396,201,683

$

$

947,843

7,307,086

8,254,929

0

0

0

$

11,474,942

392,719,207

$ 404,194,149

Changes in the allowance off-balance-sheet commitments were as follows: 

Balance, beginning of year 

Provision Charged to Operations for Off Balance Sheet 
Balance, end of year 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$

$

157,001  

$ 

(37,799 ) 
119,202  

$ 

171,900   

(14,899 ) 
157,001   

The method for calculating the reserve for off-balance-sheet loan commitments is based on an reserve percentage which is less than 
other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This reserve percentage, based on many factors including 
historical losses and existing economic conditions, is evaluated by management periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed 
loan commitment balance to calculate the reserve for off-balance-sheet commitments.  Reserves for off-balance-sheet commitments 
are recorded in interest payable and other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.  

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans carried at $322,608,424 and $331,288,636, respectively, were pledged as collateral on 
advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows: 

Land 

Building 

Leasehold improvements 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$

4,698,703   

$

5,356,750  

3,993,247  

8,105,152  

4,023,703

3,594,531

3,636,728

6,576,695

22,153,852  

17,831,657

8,654,567  

7,657,835

$

13,499,285   

$

10,173,822

Depreciation expense was $998,014 and $959,547 for the years ended 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

NOTE 7 — INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS 

Other assets are summarized as follows: 

Interest income receivable on loans 

Interest income receivable on investments 

Net deferred tax asset 

Federal Reserve Bank stock 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock 

Cash surrender value of life insurance 

Investment in limited partnership 

Prepaid expenses and other 

NOTE 8 — DEPOSITS 

Deposit totals were as follows: 

Demand 

NOW accounts 

Money market deposit accounts 

Savings 

Time, under $100,000 

Time, $100,000 and over 

Total deposits 

F-27 

DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$ 

1,288,107   

$

1,396,404 

415,350   

1,957,440   

1,161,700   

2,832,100   

245,458  

2,964,374  

1,159,250  

3,380,700  

11,255,877   

11,098,636  

636,099   

1,143,615   

703,155  

3,085,339  

$ 

20,690,288  

$

24,033,316 

DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$

130,142,782   

$

102,422,347 

72,867,073   

60,992,425  

254,011,364   

221,814,286  

18,915,132   

22,823,783   

37,443,869   

18,305,430  

28,053,882  

45,150,480  

$

536,204,003   

$

476,738,850 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit issued and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2011, are as follows: 

Year ending December 31, 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

$

42,835,855 

8,421,832 

4,638,112 

3,750,484 

621,369 

$

60,267,652 

NOTE 9 — FHLB ADVANCES 

At December 31, 2011, the Company had advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) totaling $3,000,000. All of the total 
advances outstanding were term advances due in 2012, and there were no overnight open advances. The weighted average interest rate 
on these advances was 0.99% and interest payments are due monthly. Unused and available advances totaled $130,291,562 at 
December 31, 2011.  Loans carried at $322,608,424 as of December 31, 2011, were pledged as collateral on advances from the 
Federal Home Loan Bank. 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) totaling $8,000,000. Of the total 
advances outstanding, $5,000,000 represents term advances due in 2011, $3,000,000 represents term advances due in 2012, and there 
were no overnight open advances. The weighted average interest rate on these advances was 1.10% and interest payments are due 
monthly. Unused and available advances totaled $113,898,711 at December 31, 2010.  Loans carried at $331,288,636 as of 
December 31, 2010, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

NOTE 10 — INTEREST ON DEPOSITS 

Interest on deposits was comprised of the following: 

Savings and other deposits 

Time deposits $100,000 and over 

Other time deposits 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$

$

963,926   

$

1,622,501  

356,340   

259,611   

509,679   

458,906   

1,579,877  

$

2,591,086  

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11 — INCOME TAXES 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

Current 

Federal 

State 

Deferred 

Federal 

State 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

2011 

2010 

 $            2,356,017  

 $            1,514,263  

                  615,065  

                  341,753  

               2,971,082  

               1,856,016  

                  260,546  

                  384,856  

                   (55,322) 

                  112,387  

                  205,224  

                  497,243  

 $            3,176,306  

 $            2,353,259  

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (included in accrued interest and other assets on the balance 
sheet), is shown below: 

Deferred tax assets: 

   Deferred loan fees 

Allowance for loan losses 

   Restricted stock expense 

Accrued vacation 

   Accrued salary continuation liability 

Deferred compensation 

   Nonaccrual loans 

Reserve for undisbursed commitments 

   OREO expenses 

Checking cash rewards 

State income tax 

Holding company organization fees 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Prepaid expenses 

FHLB dividends 

   Accumulated depreciation 

Deferred loan costs 

Investment in limited partnership 

Accrued bonus 

 DECEMBER 31,  

2011 

2010 

 $                      125 

 $                      154 

3,486,186 

3,390,486 

5,037 

42,722 

622,043 

87,489 

400,159 

49,057 

150,590 

41,154 

209,122 

45,780 

0 

39,365 

535,033 

80,579 

313,368 

64,613 

170,117 

0 

116,196 

49,848 

5,139,464 

4,759,759 

(132,940) 

(220,188) 

(808,760) 

(139,547) 

(479) 

1,103 

(97,872) 

(220,188) 

(287,826) 

(104,217) 

(3,144) 

(2,635) 

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   Unrealized gain on securities available for sale 

(1,881,213) 

(3,182,024) 

(1,079,503) 

(1,795,385) 

   Net deferred income tax asset 

 $            1,957,440 

 $            2,964,374 

Management has assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will 
be realized in the normal course of operations. Accordingly, these assets have not been reduced by a valuation allowance. 

The Company periodically reviews its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, 
and records adjustments as appropriate. This review takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities’ examinations of 
the Company’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions, if any, and the overall tax 
environment.   

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $307,000 associated with the California 
Franchise Tax Board’s exam of our 2008 and 2009 tax return and potential exam of our 2010 and 2011 tax return, approximately 
$15,000 of which was due to interest.  The Company intends to settle the 2008/2009 exam during 2012.  The Company believes the 
$307,000 accrued liability is adequate to pay the full settlement amount and leave an adequate reserve for the potential of a 2010/2011 
exam.  If recognized the unrecognized tax benefit would impact the 2011 annual effective tax rate by 3.4%.   

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $144,000 associated with the California 
Franchise Tax Board’s exam of our 2006 and 2007 tax return, approximately $25,000 of which was due to interest.  The Company 
settled the 2006/2007 exam during the third quarter of 2011 with a settlement payment of $142,000. 

Detailed below is a reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, gross of any related tax benefits, for the year ended 
December 31, 2011: 

Beginning balance as of January 1, 2011 

Payments made to taxing authorities 

Additions for tax positions taken in prior years 

Ending balance as of December  31, 2011 

$

$

144,000 

(142,000)

305,000 

307,000 

The effective tax rate for 2011 and 2010 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 

Federal statutory income tax rate 

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit 

Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans 

Tax exempt earnings on bank owned life insurance 

Stock based compensation 

Low income housing tax credit 

California enterprise zone tax credits and deductions 

Other 

Effective tax rate 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

34.0% 

7.2% 

(2.2)% 

(2.0)% 

0.2% 

(0.8)% 

(2.9)% 

1.6% 

35.1% 

34.0% 

7.2% 

(2.5)% 

(2.6)% 

0.5% 

(1.3)% 

(2.2)% 

(0.7)% 

33.7% 

F-30 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oak Valley Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined report in the State of California tax 
jurisdiction.  Prior to the formation of Bancorp in 2008, the Company filed in the U.S. Federal and California jurisdictions on a stand-
alone basis.  None of the entities are subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2008 for U.S. Federal or for years 
before 2007 for California. 

NOTE 12 — STOCK OPTION PLAN 

The Company currently has two equity based incentive plans, the Oak Valley Community Bank 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan and 
the Oak Valley Bancorp 2008 Stock Plan. The 2008 Stock Plan provides for awards in the form of incentive stocks, non-statutory 
stock options, Stock appreciation rights and restrictive stocks.  Under the 2008 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 1,500,000 
shares of its common stock to key employees and directors as incentive and non-qualified stock options, respectively, at a price equal 
to the fair market value on the date of grant. The Plan provides that the options are exercisable in equal increments over a five-year 
period from the date of grant or over any other schedule approved by the Board of Directors. All incentive stock options expire no 
later than ten years from the date of grant.  Future grants are not permitted under the 1998 Stock Plan and will all be issued from the 
2008 Stock Plan. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s fixed stock option plan and changes during the year are presented below. 

Outstanding at beginning of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at end of year 

DECEMBER 31, 2011 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

8.09 

0.00 

3.26 

6.89 

8.16 

Shares 

287,922 

0 

$ 

$ 

(3,037)  $ 

(3,262)  $ 

281,623   $ 

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock and changes during the year are presented below. 

Outstanding at beginning of year 

Granted 

Vested 

Cancelled 

Outstanding at end of year 

DECEMBER 31, 2011 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

0.00 

5.73 

0.00 

0.00 

5.73 

Shares 

0 

13,305 

0 

0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13,305   $ 

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year 

Intrinsic value of options exercised 

Options exercisable at year end: 

Weighted average exercise price 
Intrinsic value 
Weighted average remaining contractual life 

DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$

$

N/A   $ 

N/A   

8,075   $ 

32,298   

276,123  

273,022   

8.14   $ 

$
7.97   
$        157,228    $       115,414   
3.28 years   

2.40  years  

Options outstanding at year end: 

281,623  

287,922   

Weighted average exercise price 
Intrinsic value 
Weighted average remaining contractual life 

8.16   $ 

$
8.09   
$        159,787    $       117,126   
3.45 years   

2.47 years  

There were no tax benefits recorded in the statement of earnings during 2011 related to the vesting of non-qualified stock options. As 
of December 31, 2011, there was $10,013 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.46 years. 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company received $9,894 from the exercise of stock options and received no income tax 
benefits related to the exercise of non-qualified employee stock options and disqualifying dispositions in the exercise of incentive 
stock options. 

The Company granted 13,305 shares of restricted stock in 2011 with a weighted average fair value of $5.73 per share.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2011, total compensation expense recorded in the statement of earnings related to restricted stock awards was 
$12,240, with an offsetting tax benefit of $5,036, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes.  As of December 31, 2011, 
there was $63,958 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over 
a weighted-average period of 4.23 years.  No restricted stock shares vested during 2011.   

There were no restricted stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and there were no grants or compensation expenses 
during 2010.   

NOTE 13 — TREASURY CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM 

In response to the stresses in the credit markets and to protect and recapitalize the U.S. financial system, on October 3, 2008, the 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law.  EESA includes the Treasury Capital Purchase 
Program (the “TCPP”), which was intended to inject liquidity into, and stabilize the financial industry.  On December 1, 2008, we 
received preliminary approval from the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) to participate in the 
TCPP.  On December 5, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury 13,500 shares of senior preferred stock with a zero par value and a 
$1,000 per share liquidation preference, along with warrants to purchase 350,346 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price 
of $5.78, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $13.5 million.   The attached warrants were immediately exercisable and expired 
10 years after the issuance date. We were required to comply with restrictions on executive compensation during the period that the 
U.S. Treasury held an equity position in us through the TCPP.   

The proceeds of $13.5 million were allocated between the preferred stock and the warrants with $12.7 million allocated to preferred 
stock and $833 thousand allocated to the warrants, based on their relative fair value at the time of issuance. The fair value of the 
preferred stock was estimated using discounted cash flows with a discount rate of 9%. The fair value of the warrants was estimated 
using the Binomial option pricing model with the following assumptions: 1) risk-free interest rate of 2.66% (the Treasury 10-year 
yield rate as of warrant issuance date); 2) estimated life of ten years (contractual term of the warrants); 3) volatility of 37.4%; and 4) 
dividend yield of 1.67%. The discount on the preferred stock (i.e., difference between the initial carrying amount and the liquidation 
amount) was scheduled to amortized over a five-year period, using effective yield method. 

See Note 3 above for information regarding the Company’s repurchase of the Series A preferred shares from the TCPP, issuance of 
Series B preferred stock under the SBLF and redemption of warrants in August 2011.  

F-32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTE 14 — EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The Company’s calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) including basic EPS, which does not consider the effect of common stock 
equivalents and diluted EPS, which considers all dilutive common stock equivalents is as follows:  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 
Shares 
  (Denominator) 

Income 
(Numerator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS: 

Net earnings available to common shareholders 

$

4,699,539

7,708,853

  $

0.61 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
Restricted stock 
Warrants 

Total dilutive shares 

Diluted EPS: 

—  
—
—

13,888
10,273
5,985
30,146

Net earnings available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions 

$

4,699,539

7,738,999

  $

0.61 

Anti-dilutive options to purchase 219,625 shares of common stock in prices ranging from $7.00 to $15.67 were outstanding during 
2011. They were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average 
market price of the common shares. These options begin to expire in 2015.  In addition, warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury related to 
the Capital Purchase Program of 350,346 with a price of $5.78 were dilutive and included in EPS because the warrants’ exercise price 
was less than the average market price of the common shares.  The Company redeemed all of these warrants in September 2011 with a 
payment to the U.S. Treasury of $560,000. 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 
Shares 
  (Denominator) 

Income 
(Numerator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS: 

Net earnings available to common shareholders 

$

3,785,783

7,689,760

  $

0.49 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
Warrants 

Total dilutive shares 

Diluted EPS: 

—  
—

30,864
—
30,864

Net earnings available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions 

$

3,785,783

7,720,624

  $

0.49 

Anti-dilutive options to purchase 223,921 shares of common stock in prices ranging from $5.20 to $15.67 were outstanding during 
2010. They were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average 
market price of the common shares. These options begin to expire in 2015.  In addition, warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury related to 
the Capital Purchase Program of 350,346 with a price of $5.78 were antidilutive and not included in EPS because the warrants’ 
exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. 

NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

The Company is obligated for rental payments under certain operating lease agreements, some of which contain renewal options and 
escalation clauses that provide for increased rentals. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was 
$883,720 and $859,176, respectively. 

F-33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2011, the future minimum commitments under these operating leases are as follows: 

Year ending December 31, 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 

2016 
Thereafter 

  $

884,218  
872,424  
852,095  
657,549  

495,340  
1,986,583  

  $

5,748,209  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing 
needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby 
letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount 
recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in 
particular classes of financial instruments. 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments 
to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the 
same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Financial instruments at December 31, 2011 whose contract amounts represent credit risk: 

Contract 
Amount 

Undisbursed loan commitments 

$ 

34,240,555  

Checking reserve 

Equity lines 

Standby letters of credit 

1,158,316  

10,365,088  

638,942  

$ 

46,402,901  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since 
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily 
represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of 
collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. 
Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and income-producing commercial 
properties. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third 
party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to 
customers. 

NOTE 16 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent 
the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and 
subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. The following 
methods and assumptions are used by the Company. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value. 

F-34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities (including mortgage-backed securities) — Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If 
quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.  See Note 17 for 
additional disclosure regarding fair values of securities.   

Loans receivable — For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based 
on carrying values. The fair values for other loans (e.g., real estate construction and mortgage, commercial, and installment loans) are 
estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of 
similar credit quality.  The allowance for loan losses is considered to be a reasonable estimate of loan discount due to credit risks.   

Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of 
money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amounts). 
The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at 
the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies 
interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits. 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances — Rates currently available to the Company for borrowings with similar terms and 
remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt. 

Interest receivable and payable — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair value. 

Off-balance-sheet instruments — Fair values for the Company’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the 
counterparties. 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 were as follows: 

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available for sale 
Loans 
Interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
FHLB advance 
Interest payable 

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 
Commitments and standby letters of credit 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

$

101,084,775   
89,694,859   
386,958,076   
1,703,457   

101,084,775 
89,694,859 
401,051,975 
1,703,457 

(536,204,003 ) 
(3,000,000 ) 
(129,272 ) 

(536,791,880)
(3,002,834)
(129,272)

(464,029)

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2010 were as follows: 

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available for sale 
Loans 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
FHLB advance 
Accrued interest payable 

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 
Commitments and standby letters of credit 

F-35 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

$

68,936,916   
53,267,982   
395,206,208   
1,641,862   

68,936,916  
53,267,982  
400,399,726  
1,641,862  

(476,738,850 ) 
(8,000,000 ) 
(167,277 ) 

(477,261,566 )
(8,028,835 )
(167,277 )

(599,443)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
NOTE 17 − FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2008, defines fair value, establishes a 
framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and 
enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the 
valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follow: 

Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 
Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that 
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. 
Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, the level 
in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular 
input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.  Transfers 
between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstance that caused the transfer, which 
generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 
are summarized below: 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using 

Quoted Prices
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31,
2011 

$

$
54,809,308   
      12,094,472   
      16,972,042  
       1,236,421   
1,814,284  
2,768,332  

$

0  
0  
0 
0 
0 
2,768,332 

$ 

54,809,308    
      12,094,472    
      16,972,042   
        1,236,421   
1,814,284   
0   

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 

Available-for-sale securities 

U.S. agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Municipalities 
SBA Pools 
Corporate debt 
Mutual Fund 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 

Impaired Loans 
Other real estate owned 

$     4,650,738   
$        244,375  

$
$

0  
0  

$ 
$ 

0    
0    

$
$

4,650,738  
244,375  

F-36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
    
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using 

Quoted Prices
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31,
2010 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 

Available-for-sale securities 

U.S. agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Municipalities 
SBA Pools 
Mutual Fund 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 

Impaired Loans 
Other real estate owned 

$

$
$

$

30,190,388   
8,136,780   
10,799,499  
1,506,096  
2,635,219  

$ 

0  
0  
0 
0 
2,635,219 

$

30,190,388   
8,136,780   
10,799,499  
1,506,096  
0  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

3,947,203  
778,174 

$
$

0  
0  

$ 
$ 

0  
0  

$
$

3,947,203  
778,174  

Losses recognized from non-recurring fair value adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are presented on the 
following table: 

Impaired loans 

Foreclosed assets 

Total loss from non-recurring fair value adjustments 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$

$

1,151,820   

$

2,059,247   

72,339   

95,162   

1,224,159  

$

2,154,409   

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. 

Available-for-sale securities - Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value 
measurement is based upon quoted market prices, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured 
using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted 
for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions, and other factors such as credit loss assumptions.  Level 1 securities include 
those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or 
brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds.  Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by 
government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities.  Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed 
securities in less liquid markets. 

Impaired loans - ASC Topic 820 applies to loans measured for impairment using the practical expedients permitted by ASC Topic 
310, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.  The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis.  
However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established.  Loans for which it is 
probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are 
considered impaired.  Impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral less the cost related to 
liquidation of the collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy.  When the fair value of the collateral is based on an 
observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring Level 3.  Likewise, 
when an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the 
appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring Level 3. 

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate assets (“OREO”) acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held-for-sale and are 
initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs.  Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO 
are charged to the allowance for loan losses, subsequent to foreclosure.  Appraisals or evaluations are then done periodically thereafter 
F-37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
charging any additional write-downs or valuation allowances to the appropriate expense accounts.  Values are derived from appraisals 
of underlying collateral and discounted cash flow analysis.  OREO is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. 

NOTE 18 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Company, in the normal course of business, makes loans and receives deposits from its directors, officers, principal shareholders, 
and their associates. In management’s opinion, these transactions are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with 
other customers of the Company. Loans to directors, officers, shareholders, and affiliates are summarized below: 

Aggregate amount outstanding, beginning of year 
New loans or advances during year 
Repayments during year 
Aggregate amount outstanding, end of year 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

8,019,148   
1,441,886   
(3,282,796 ) 
6,178,238   

$

$

9,245,717 
2,863,240 
(4,089,809)
8,019,148 

Related party deposits totaled $13,893,042 and $10,270,556 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

NOTE 19 — PROFIT SHARING PLAN 

The profit sharing plan to which both the Company and eligible employees contribute was established in 1995. Bank contributions are 
voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions were approximately $283,000 and $259,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

NOTE 20 — RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS 

Under current California State banking laws, the Bank may not pay cash dividends in an amount that exceeds the lesser of retained 
earnings of the Bank or the Bank’s net earnings for its last three fiscal years (less the amount of any distributions to shareholders made 
during that period). If the above requirements are not met, cash dividends may only be paid with the prior approval of the 
Commissioner of the Department of Financial Institutions, in an amount not exceeding the Bank’s net earnings for its last fiscal year 
or the amount of its net earnings for its current fiscal year. Accordingly, the future payment of cash dividends will depend on the 
Bank’s earnings and its ability to meet its capital requirements. 

NOTE 21 — OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company has awarded certain officers a salary continuation plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, the participants will be provided 
with a fixed annual retirement benefit for 20 years after retirement.  The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death 
benefits under the Plan. In connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Company purchased single premium life insurance 
policies on the life of each of the officers covered under the Plan.  The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life 
insurance policies. The assets of the Plan, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Company and are available to 
satisfy the Company’s general creditors. 

During December 2001, the Company awarded its directors a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will 
be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-
retirement death benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Company purchased single premium 
life insurance policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these 
life insurance policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Company and are 
available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors. 

Future compensation under both plans is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary 
continuation liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the plans. The Company’s current 
benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate 
F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary 
continuation contracts, which average approximately 20 years. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $1,511,486 and $1,300,062, 
respectively, has been accrued to date, based on a discounted cash flow using a discount rate of 6%, and is included in other liabilities. 

The Company entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with certain officers. In connection with the implementation of the 
split-dollar agreements, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered by 
the split-dollar life insurance agreements. The Company is the owner of the policies and the partial beneficiary in an amount equal to 
the cash surrender value of the policies. 

The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies was $11,255,877 and $11,098,636 at December 31, 
2011 and 2010, respectively. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies is included in other assets (Note 7). 

NOTE 22 — REGULATORY MATTERS 

The Bank and the Company are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by 
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy 
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve 
quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory 
accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and 
ratios (set forth in the table on the next page) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as 
defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, that the 
Bank and Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under 
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total 
risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since 
notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. 

F-39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are presented in the following table. 

Actual

For capital
adequacy purposes

To be well
capitalized under
prompt corrective
action provisions

Amount 

Ratio

Amount

Ratio 

Amount

Ratio

 Capital ratios for Bank: 

As of December 31, 2011 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

   $ 73,562,000  

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)     $ 67,835,000  

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

   $ 67,835,000  

As of December 31, 2010 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

   $ 68,742,000  

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)     $ 62,946,000  

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

   $ 62,946,000  

 Capital ratios for Bancorp: 

As of December 31, 2011 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

$ 73,439,000 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)   

$ 67,712,000 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

$ 67,712,000 

As of December 31, 2010 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

$ 68,910,000 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)   

$ 63,114,000 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

$ 63,114,000 

16.2% 

14.9% 

11.4% 

14.9% 

13.7% 

11.5% 

16.2% 

14.9% 

11.4% 

15.0% 

13.7% 

11.6% 

$ 36,384,000  

$ 18,192,000  

$ 23,807,000  

>8.0% 

>4.0% 

>4.0% 

$ 45,481,000  

>10.0%   

$ 27,288,000  

$ 29,759,000  

>6.0% 

>5.0% 

$ 36,872,000  

$ 18,436,000  

$ 21,864,000  

>8.0% 

>4.0% 

>4.0% 

$ 46,090,000  

>10.0%   

$ 27,654,000  

$ 27,330,000  

>6.0% 

>5.0% 

$ 36,387,000 

$ 18,193,000 

$ 23,809,000 

>8.0% 

>4.0% 

>4.0% 

$ 36,874,000 

$ 18,437,000 

$ 21,865,000 

>8.0% 

>4.0% 

>4.0% 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

F-40 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 

ASSETS 

Cash 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 
Series A Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation 
preference, 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and 
outstanding at December 31, 2010 

Series B Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation 
preference, 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and 
outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 

7,718,469 and 7,702,127 shares issued and outstanding at  

   December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

December 31,  
2011 

December 31,  
2010 

$ 

20,526 
70,524,665 
25,565 

144,831 
64,490,421 
22,480 

70,570,756 

$ 

64,657,732 

168,750 

$ 

168,750 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

13,013,945 

13,500,000 

0 

23,453,443 
2,128,700 
28,629,757 
2,690,106 

24,003,549 
2,080,218 
24,016,466 
1,543,554 

   Total shareholders’ equity 

70,402,006 

64,657,732 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

$ 

70,570,756 

$ 

64,657,732 

F-41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

INCOME 
   Dividends declared by subsidiary 

Total income 

EXPENSES 
   Salary expense 
Audit expense 
   Legal expense 

Other operating expenses 
   Total non-interest expense 

Income before equity in undistributed 

income of subsidiary 

Year Ended December 31,  
2010 

2011 

$

1,152,500 
1,152,500 

$

675,000  
675,000  

70,000 
0 
86,224 
66,587 
222,811 

70,000  
0  
66,682  
25,130  
161,812  

929,689 

513,188  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
Income before income tax benefit 

4,839,209 
5,768,898 

4,047,651  
4,560,839  

Income tax benefit 

Net Income 

Preferred Stock dividends and accretion 

Net income available to common shareholders 

91,697 

66,592  

$

$

5,860,595 

1,161,056 

4,699,539 

$

$

4,627,431  

841,648  

3,785,783  

F-42 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
   Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities: 
   Undistributed net income of subsidiary 

Increase in other liabilities 
(Increase) decrease in other assets 

Net cash from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
   Repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock 

Proceeds from Series B Preferred Stock issued 
Preferred stock dividend payment 
Payment to repurchase U.S. Treasury Warrant 
Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options 

Net cash used in financing activities 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
2010 

2011 

$ 

5,860,595   $ 

4,627,431 

(4,839,209) 
168,750  
(3,086) 
1,187,050  

(13,500,000) 
13,500,000  
(761,249) 
(560,000) 
9,894  
(1,311,355) 

(124,305) 

144,831  

(4,047,650) 
0 
99,832 
679,613 

0 
0 
(675,000) 
0 
70,109 
(604,891) 

74,722 

70,109 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period 

$ 

20,526   $ 

144,831 

F-43 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 
Number 

2.1

Description 
Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Registrant, Interim Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. and Oak Valley Community 
Bank* 

3.1  Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.2  First Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.3  Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.4  First Amended and Restated Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.** 

3.5  Certificate of Determination of Series A Preferred Stock of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.** 

3.6

Letter Agreement between the United States Department of the Treasury and Oak Valley Bancorp dated December 5, 
2008** 

3.7

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws dated effective as of August 11, 2011**** 

4.1

Certificate of Determination dated December 2, 2008 filed with the California Secretary of State for Fixed Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A** 

4.2

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008**

4.3

Certificate of Determination dated August 11, 2011 and filed with the California Secretary of State for Senior Non-
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B****

10.1  Oak Valley Community Bank 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan* 

10.2  Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Director Retirement Agreement* 

10.3  Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Salary Continuation Agreement* 

10.4

Securities Purchase Agreement between Oak Valley Bancorp and the U.S. Treasury effective December 4, 2008** 

10.5  Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 11, 2011 between the Company and the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, 

with respect to the issuance and sale of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.**** 

10.6

  Warrant Redemption Letter Agreement dated September 28, 2011 between the Company and the U.S. Treasury, with 

respect to the redemption of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.**** 

14  Code of Ethics*** 

21  Subsidiaries of the Issuer* 

23.1  Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm 

24  Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this report) 

31.01

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.02

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.01

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

99.1 

IFR Section 30.15 Certification by Principal Executive Officer 

99.2

IFR Section 30.15 Certification by Principal Financial Officer 

101.01  XBLR Interactive Data File***** 

* Incorporated by reference from the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008 

** Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009 

*** Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009 

**** Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011 

***** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of 
the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23.1  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statement  No.  333-158201  on  Form  S-8  of  our  report  dated 
March 30,  2012,  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Oak  Valley 
Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2011.  

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Stockton, California 
March 30, 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.01 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer, certify that: 

1.   

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Dated: March 27, 2012 

/s/ Ronald C. Martin 
Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.02 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Richard A. McCarty, Chief Financial Officer, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Dated: March 27, 2012 

/s/ Richard A. McCarty 
Richard A. McCarty 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.01 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant) for the year ended December 31, 2011, as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the undersigned hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1) 

2) 

such Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
and 

the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Registrant. 

Dated: March 27, 2012 

Dated: March 27, 2012 

/s/ Ronald C. Martin 
Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Richard A. McCarty 
Richard A. McCarty 
Chief Financial Officer 

This  certification  accompanies  each  report  pursuant  to  section  906  of  the  Sarbanes  Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  shall  not,  except  to  the 
extent required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Years following First Fiscal Year 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 

UST #205 

EXHIBIT 99.1  

I, Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer and principal executive officer of Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”), certify, based 
on my knowledge, that: 

(i) 
The compensation committee of the Company has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every 
six  months  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year  that  was  a  TARP  period,  senior  executive  officer  (SEO) 
compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company; 

(ii) 
The compensation committee of the Company has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive 
risks that could threaten the value of the Company and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks 
to the Company and has limited those features to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks; 

(iii) 
The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year  that  was  a  TARP  period,  the  terms  of  each  employee  compensation  plan  and  identified  any  features  of  the  plan  that  could 
encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any 
such features; 

(iv) 
compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above; 

The  compensation  committee  of  the  Company  will  certify  to  the  reviews  of  the  SEO  compensation  plans  and  employee 

(v) 
The compensation committee of the Company will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the 
most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in (A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take 
unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company; (B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily 
expose the Company to risks; and (C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of 
the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee; 

(vi) 
The Company has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as 
defined  in  the  regulations  and  guidance  established  under  section  111  of  EESA  (bonus  payments),  be  subject  to  a  recovery  or 
“clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were 
based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria; 

(vii) 
the  Company  has  prohibited  any  golden  parachute  payment,  as  defined  in  the  regulations  and  guidance  established  under 
section  111  of  EESA,  to  a  SEO  or  any  of  the  next  five  most  highly  compensated  employees  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; 

(viii) 
the  Company  has  limited  bonus  payments  to  its  applicable  employees  in  accordance  with  section  111  of  EESA  and  the 
regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period 
[for recipients of exceptional assistance] and has received or is in the process of receiving approvals from the Office of the Special 
Master for TARP Executive Compensation for compensation payments and structures as required under the regulations and guidance 
established under section 111 of EESA, and has not made any payments inconsistent with those approved payments and structures; 

(ix) 
the Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations 
and  guidance established under  section 111 of  EESA, during  any  part of  the  most  recently  completed fiscal  year that  was  a TARP 
period;  and  any  expenses  that,  pursuant  to  the  policy,  required  approval  of  the  board  of  directors,  a  committee  of  the  board  of 
directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved; 

(x) 
the Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable Federal securities rules and 
regulations on the disclosures provided under the Federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part 
of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(xi) 
the  Company  will  disclose  the  amount,  nature,  and  justification  for  the  offering,  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 
111  of  EESA,  whose  total  value  exceeds  $25,000  for  any  employee  who  is  subject  to  the  bonus  payment  limitations  identified  in 
paragraph (viii); 

(xii) 
the Company will disclose whether the Company, the board of directors of the Company, or the compensation committee of 
the  Company  has  engaged  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year  that  was  a  TARP  period  a  compensation 
consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period; 

(xiii) 
the  Company  has  prohibited  the  payment  of  any  gross-ups,  as  defined  in  the  regulations  and  guidance  established  under 
section  111  of  EESA,  to  the  SEOs  and  the  next  twenty  most  highly  compensated  employees  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; 

(xiv) 
the agreement between the Company and Treasury, including any amendments; 

the Company has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in 

(xv) 
 the  Company  has  submitted  to  Treasury  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  the  SEOs  and  the  twenty  next  most  highly 
compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, 
and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and”. 

(xvi)  I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished 

by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001.)” 

Dated: March 27, 2012 

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN 

Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer 
Oak Valley Bancorp 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Years following First Fiscal Year 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 

UST #205 

Exhibit 99.2  

I, Richard A. McCarty, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”), certify, based 
on my knowledge, that: 

(i) 
The compensation committee of the Company has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every 
six  months  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year  that  was  a  TARP  period,  senior  executive  officer  (SEO) 
compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company; 

(ii) 
The compensation committee of the Company has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive 
risks that could threaten the value of the Company and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks 
to the Company and has limited those features to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks; 

(iii) 
The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal 
year  that  was  a  TARP  period,  the  terms  of  each  employee  compensation  plan  and  identified  any  features  of  the  plan  that  could 
encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any 
such features; 

(iv) 
compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above; 

The  compensation  committee  of  the  Company  will  certify  to  the  reviews  of  the  SEO  compensation  plans  and  employee 

(v) 
The compensation committee of the Company will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the 
most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in (A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take 
unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company; (B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily 
expose the Company to risks; and (C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of 
the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee; 

The Company has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as 
(vi) 
defined  in  the  regulations  and  guidance  established  under  section  111  of  EESA  (bonus  payments),  be  subject  to  a  recovery  or 
“clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were 
based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria; 

the  Company  has  prohibited  any  golden  parachute  payment,  as  defined  in  the  regulations  and  guidance  established  under 
(vii) 
section  111  of  EESA,  to  a  SEO  or  any  of  the  next  five  most  highly  compensated  employees  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; 

the  Company  has  limited  bonus  payments  to  its  applicable  employees  in  accordance  with  section  111  of  EESA  and  the 
(viii) 
regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period 
[for recipients of exceptional assistance] and has received or is in the process of receiving approvals from the Office of the Special 
Master for TARP Executive Compensation for compensation payments and structures as required under the regulations and guidance 
established under section 111 of EESA, and has not made any payments inconsistent with those approved payments and structures; 

(ix) 
the Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations 
and  guidance established under  section 111 of  EESA, during  any  part of  the  most  recently  completed fiscal  year that  was  a TARP 
period;  and  any  expenses  that,  pursuant  to  the  policy,  required  approval  of  the  board  of  directors,  a  committee  of  the  board  of 
directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved; 

(x) 
the Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable Federal securities rules and 
regulations on the disclosures provided under the Federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part 
of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(xi) 
the  Company  will  disclose  the  amount,  nature,  and  justification  for  the  offering,  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 
111  of  EESA,  whose  total  value  exceeds  $25,000  for  any  employee  who  is  subject  to  the  bonus  payment  limitations  identified  in 
paragraph (viii); 

the Company will disclose whether the Company, the board of directors of the Company, or the compensation committee of 
(xii) 
the  Company  has  engaged  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year  that  was  a  TARP  period  a  compensation 
consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period; 

(xiii) 
the  Company  has  prohibited  the  payment  of  any  gross-ups,  as  defined  in  the  regulations  and  guidance  established  under 
section  111  of  EESA,  to  the  SEOs  and  the  next  twenty  most  highly  compensated  employees  during  any  part  of  the  most  recently 
completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; 

(xiv) 
the agreement between the Company and Treasury, including any amendments; 

the Company has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in 

(xv) 
 the  Company  has  submitted  to  Treasury  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  the  SEOs  and  the  twenty  next  most  highly 
compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, 
and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and”. 

(xvi)  I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished 

by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001.)” 

Dated: March 27, 2012 

/s/ RICHARD A. MCCARTY 

Richard A. McCarty 
Executive Vice-President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
Oak Valley Bancorp